Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                               Training Manual


WEEK 23 from Monday 7th to Sunday 13th of June
Macrocycle I, week 1 (Training week 1)

Mon. 7th:                       REST or PASSIVE RECOVERY

Tue. 8th:    * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 1
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Medium Int.      - 30’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 6 km)
                                In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m
                                has to be covered at 90% SPmax, or 6 x 50 m in total

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 80’


Wed. 9th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 10th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 2
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1)

             * High Int.        - 6’ run between 86-90% HRmax, 3’ jogging, 2 sets
                                This exercise has to be performed in the lower range of the HI-
                                training zone.

                                - All together this exercise takes + 18’
                                         (6’ Set 1 + 3’ jogging + 6’ Set 2 + 3’ jogging)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 68’


Fri. 11th:                      REST or RECOVERY




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                     Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 12th:    * Low Int.                   - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 3
              * Warm up                    - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

              * Strength                   - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1)

              * Speed                      - straight line sprints from a dynamic start (10’)
                                           - 6 x 10, 4 x 20, and 2 x 30 m or 12 sprints in total (200 m)

                                            walking down


                  walking / jogging
                                            sprinting up
      ... X X X heel lifts / knee lifts
                                              1
                  sideways left / right
      ... X X X walking backwards                            2
                  jogging backwards                                     3

                             A 5m !B            !     10 m         !           20 m                    30 m

              * Medium Int.                - 30’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 6 km)
                                           In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 100 m has to
                                           be covered at 90% SPmax, or 6 x 100 m in total

              * Cool down                  - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                                Total duration: 80’


Sun. 13th: Intermittent activities such as refereeing, playing tennis, badminton, or squash




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2

                                          Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 24 from Monday 14th to Sunday 20th of June
Macrocycle I, week 2 (Training week 2)


Mon. 14th: * Low Int.           - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 4
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Medium Int.      - 35’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 7 km)
                                In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m has to
                                be covered at 90% SPmax, or 7 x 50 m in total

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 75’


Tue. 15th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 5
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2)

             * High Int.        - 4’ run between 86-90% HRmax, 2’ jogging, 3 sets
                                - As per last week, this exercise should be performed in the lower
                                range of the HI-training zone

                                - All together this exercise takes + 18’
                                         (4’ per Set + 2’ jogging) x 3

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 68’


Wed. 16th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 17th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 6
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2)

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: 5 laps of 2’ each.
                                The running speed is expressed as a % of the maximal speed.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                        Weekly Training Plan



                                                                                 START
                                                         50% SPmax
                                                           (25")

                                         70% SPmax                        walking
                                           (15")                           (60")

                                                         90% SPmax
                                                           (20")

                                              - 3’ recovery

                                              - Set 2: again 5 laps of 2’ each

                                              - All together, this exercise takes 10’ + 3’ recovery + 10’ = 23’

               * Cool down                    - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                                   Total duration: 73’


Fri. 18th:                                    REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 19th:     * Low Int.                     - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 7
               * Warm up                      - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

               * Speed                        - straight line sprints from a dynamic start (10’)
                                              - 4 x 20, 3 x 30, and 2 x 40 m or 9 sprints in total (250 m)

                                                walking down


                     walking / jogging
                                                sprinting up
         ... X X X heel lifts / knee lifts
                                                  1
                     sideways left / right
         ... X X X walking backwards                            2
                     jogging backwards                                     3

                                A 5m !B            !     20 m         !          30 m                   40 m

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4

                                             Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

             * Medium Int.      - 35’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 7 km)
                                In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m
                                has to be covered at 90% SPmax,, or 7 x 100 m in total

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 85’


Sun. 20th:      Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                        Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 25 from Monday 21st to Sunday 27st of June
Macrocycle I, week 3 (Training week 3)


Mon. 21st:                               REST or RECOVERY


Tue. 22nd: * Low Int.                    - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 8
           * Warm up                     - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Speed                     - Variations on the 60 m distance (see below)

                                         - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m sprint in total
                                         - 2’ recovery and stretching

                                         - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 4 x or 160 m sprint in total
                                           (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right)
                                         - 2’ recovery and stretching

                                         - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x or 120 m sprint in total
                                         (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right)
                                         - 2’ recovery and stretching


                                                                                           Left turn
                                                      walking down

                             walking                                                6 x 20 m
                 ... X X X   jogging                                                4 x 40 m
                             sidewards face in    sprinting up
                             sidewards face out                                     2 x 60 m
                 ... X X X   walking backwards                                      360 m in total
                             jogging backwards


                             A                B                      20 m!                  Right turn
                                                                             40 m


                                                                                             60 m

                                         - The total exercise time is 15’.

             * High Int.                 - 3’ run between 86 - 90% HRmax, 1’30” jogging, 4 sets
                                         - As before, this exercise has to be performed in the lower range of
                                         the HI-training zone.

                                         - All together this exercise takes + 18’.
                                                  (3’ per Set + 1’30”’ jogging) x 4

             * Cool down                 - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                                       Total duration: 73’

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6

                                       Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

Wed. 23rd:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 24th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 9
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3)

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: 3 laps of 4’ each.
                                The running speed is expressed as a % of the maximal speed.


                                       60%SPmax                    90%SPmax
               START
                                         60%SPmax                    walking
                                                       90%SPmax


                                         60%SPmax                    walking
                                                       90%SPmax
                  walking
                                                FINISH
                                - 3’ recovery

                                - Set 2: again 3 laps of 4’ each

                                - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 3’ recovery + 12’ = 27’.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 77’


Fri. 25th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 26th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 10
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3)


_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

             * Speed/Agility     - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total

                                 - 5’ recovery

                                 - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total

                                          START      sprint

                                                           jogging


                                                 backwards
                                    walking
                                                 jogging


                                                        sideways


                                                     sprint

                               - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is ± 320m.

             * High Int.       - Referees run 10’ at 80% HRmax. This corresponds to + 2 km.
                                 Then they run the same distance but now at 90% HRmax, so that
                                 they are back at the start after only 8’.


             * Cool down       - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 83’


Sun. 27th:      Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 26 from Monday 28th of June to Sunday 4th of July
Macrocycle I, week 4 (Training week 4)


Mon. 28th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 11
           * Warm up            - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Medium Int.      - 40’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 8 km)
                                In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m
                                has to be covered at 90% SPmax, or 8 x 50 m in total

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 80’


Tue. 29th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 12
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4)

             * High Int.        - 2’ run at 90% HRmax, 1’ jogging, 6 x
                                - This exercise has to be performed in the normal range of the HI-
                                training zone (85 to 95% HRmax)

                                - All together this exercise takes + 18’
                                         (2’ per Set + 1’ jogging) x 6

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 68’


Wed. 30th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 1st:    * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 13
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4)

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: 6 reps at maximal speed with 40” recovery in between

                                - 2’ active recovery



_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan




                                  7.5 m



                                                   15 m


                                Start & Finish A           Start & Finish B
                                  xx                       !            x x
                                  xx                        !           x x

                                - Set 2: again 6 reps at maximal speed with 40” recovery

                                - 2’ active recovery

                                - All together, this exercise takes 16’.

            * Speed End.        - 8’ of the following referee run
                                                                       Start
                                                       acc. to           A
                                                       sprint
                                 backward                           walking
                                   run
                            forward
                               acc
                                                          backward
                              walking                       run
                          Start     acc. to
                           B        sprint
             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 74’


Fri. 2nd:                       REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 3rd:    * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 14
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                       Weekly Training Plan

            * Speed                      - Set 1 of the following speed exercise
                                                               Sprint
                                                                40m



                                                    Sprint
                                                    30m                   Sprint
                                                                          30m


                                        Sprint                                       Sprint
                                         20m                                          20m




                          Backwards                                                           5m

                          Sideways left                                                       5m

                          Sideways right                                                      5m

                                Start      1st !!     2nd !!    3rd ! !     4th !!      5th


                                         - 5’ recovery

                                         - Set 2 of the same exercise

                                         - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is 280 m.

            * High Int.                  - For those referees who don’t have a match to officiate in the
                                         weekend, the following exercise can be done:

                                         - 1’ at 90%     HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)
                                         - 2’ at 90%     HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                         - 3’ at 90%     HRmax, followed by 1’30” active recovery (jogging)
                                         - 3’ at 90%     HRmax, followed by 1’30” active recovery (jogging)
                                         - 2’ at 90%     HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                         - 1’ at 90%     HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)

                                         - All together, this exercise takes 18’.

            * Cool down                  - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                                   Total duration: 73’

Sun. 4th:       Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                football, squash, or tennis.



_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11

                                      Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 27 from Monday 5th to Sunday 11th of July
Macrocycle I, week 5 (Training week 5)


Mon. 5th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 15
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Medium Int.       - 45’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 9 km)
                                In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m
                                has to be covered at 90% SPmax,, or 9 x 50 m in total

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 85’


Tue. 6th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 16
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5)

            * High Int.         - 1’ run at 90% HRmax, 30” jogging, 12 sets
                                - This exercise has to be performed in the normal range of the HI-
                                training zone (85 to 95% HRmax).

                                - All together this exercise takes + 18’.
                                         (1’ per Set + 30” jogging) x 12

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 68’


Wed. 7th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 8th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 17
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5)

            * Speed End.        - Set 1: 4 laps (+ 3’ each)

                                - The start of a new lap may be timed as follows:
                                        Top: Starting a new lap every 3’
                                        Intermediate: Starting a new lap every 3’15”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan


                START                  90%SPmax                      jogging


                                                       90%SPmax



                                          jogging                 90%SPmax
                    walking
                                                       90%SPmax

                                - 4’ active recovery

                                - Set 2: again 4 laps of + 3’ each

                                - All together, this exercise take + 12’ + 4’ + 12’ = 28’.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 78’


Fri. 9th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 10th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 18
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Speed            - Set 1: 4 reps of the following centre-circle exercise:

                          Walk         Jog             Sprint        Jog       Walk

               Start
               Finish


                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Set 2: again 4 reps of the centre-circle exercise


_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 288 m.

             * High Int.        - For those referees who don’t have a match to officiate in the
                                weekend, the following exercise can be done:

                                - 5’ at 90%   HRmax, followed by 3’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 4’ at 90%   HRmax, followed by 2’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 3’ at 90%   HRmax, followed by 1’30” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90%   HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 1’ at 90%   HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)

                                - All together, this exercise takes 23’.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 80’


Sun. 11th:      Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                               Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 28 from Monday 12th to Sunday 18th of July
Macrocycle I, week 6 (Training week 6)

Mon. 12th:                           REST or RECOVERY

Tue. 13th:   * Low Int.              - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 19
             * Warm up               - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength              - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6)

             * Speed                 - 6 x 40 m sprint from a 1.5 m dynamic start, with max 1’30”
                                     recovery in between sprints. The minimum time for international
                                     referees is 6.2” and for international assistant referees 6.0”. The
                                     minimum time for national referees is 6.4” and for national assistant
                                     referees 6.2”.

                                     - 5’ recovery

             * High Int.             - The target zone of the next exercise is the normal range of the HI-
                                     training zone (85 to 95% HRmax).

                                                           - 150 m run in 30"
                             Finish 2

                       - 50 m walk

                           Start 1
                                                                                Start 2
                                                                         - 50 m walk


                                                                          Finish 1
                                 - 150 m run in 30"

                                     - On the first whistle, referees have to cover 150 m in 30” from the
                                     start position on (1). Then they have 35 (international referees) to
                                     40” (international assistant referees) to cover 50 m walking (2). On
                                     the next whistle, referees have to run again 150 m in 30” (3),
                                     followed by 50 m walking (4). This equals 1 lap.

                                     - The total exercise consists of 10 laps, resulting in 20 high intensity
                                     runs, each followed by a 50 m recovery walk.

                                     - Referees have to arrive in the ‘walking area’ before the whistle
                                     and may not leave the ‘walking area’ before the whistle.


_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15

                                 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

                                - The total duration of this HI run equals 20’ (with 30” recovery).

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 85’

Wed. 14th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 15th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 20
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6)

             * Ext. Speed       - Set 1: 4 laps of the next exercise utilising the length of the pitch:

                                - Start on the goal line from a dynamic position (e.g., knee lifts).
                                Then sprint to the 16 m box, return to the goal line jogging
                                backward and then continue jogging forward to the 16 m box (1)

                                - From the 16 m box, sprint to the midline and then return jogging to
                                the 16 m box continue jogging back to the midline (2)

                                - From the midline, sprint to the opposite penalty box, then return
                                jogging to the midline and continue jogging to the penalty box (3)

                                - From the 16 m box, sprint to the goal line, then return jogging
                                backward to the 16 m box and then continue jogging forward to the
                                goal line (4)

                                - Continue jogging to the midline and then walk back to the start
                                position. This constitutes 1 lap. For each lap of 320 m, referees
                                sprint + 110 m (duration 1 lap + 2’30”)




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                             jogging                    walking


                            4
                                           3               2               Start
                                                                       1
                                            jogging
                                            sprint


                                 - 4’ recovery

                                 - Set 2: again 4 laps of 2’30” each

                                 - All together, this exercise takes 10’ + 4’ recovery + 10’ = 24’

             * Match play        - If referees have a group training session then a 10’ regular
                                 match can be played with the restriction that the ball can
                                 only be touched twice (‘control & pass’). If the game is not played
                                 fast enough, another restriction can be implemented, i.e. a goal can
                                 only be scored if all referees are over the midline.

                                 - Alternatively, if it is not possible to play a match, referees may
                                 perform a 10’ medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax).

             * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 84’


Fri. 16th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 17th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 21
             * Warm up           - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Speed             - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total

                                 - 5’ recovery

                                 - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17

                                Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

                                                       sprint
                                DYNAMIC
                                 START
                                                          jogging


                                                  sideways-R
                                     walking

                                                    sideways-L


                                                         backward

                                                       sprint
                                - In total, this exercise takes + 15’. The total sprint distance is 320 m.

             * High Int.       - For those referees who don’t have a match to officiate in the
                               weekend, the following exercise is scheduled.

                                - Referees run 6’ at 80% HRmax. This corresponds to + 1.2 km.
                                Then the same distance is covered but now at 90% HRmax, which
                                corresponds to a running time of + 4’ (Set 1).

                                - 2’ recovery

                                - Referees run again 6’ at 80% HRmax (+ 1.2 km).
                                Then they run the same distance but now at 90% HRmax, so that
                                they are back at the start after + 4’.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 77’


Sun. 18th:      Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                               Training Manual

WEEK 29 from Monday 19th to Sunday 25th of July
Macrocycle II, week 1 (Training week 7)


Mon. 19th: * Low Int.           - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 22
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Medium Int.      - 30’ run at 70% HRmax (+ 5 to 6 km)
                                For each 5’ of running, 2 tempo runs have to be done: in the
                                middle a 50 m tempo run, and towards the end of the 5’ period a
                                100 m tempo run has to be covered.

                                Over the 30’ run, 12 tempo runs have to be done, i.e.
                                6 x 50 m and 6 x 100 m.

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                         Total duration: 70’


Tue. 20th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 23
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1)

             * High Int.        - 2’ run at 90% HRmax, 1’ jogging, 8 x
                                - In total, it takes 24’ to complete this HI-exercise.

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                         Total duration: 74’


Wed. 21st:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 22nd: * Low Int.           - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 24
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1)

             * Speed End.       - All together, 20 fast runs should be performed from a dynamic
                                start position. Decelerate smoothly, turn and jog back to the start




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan


                              Set I                 8 x 20 m
                              Set II                           6 x 40 m
                              Set III                                     4 x 60 m
                                                                                     2 x 80 m
                              Set IV




             * Speed End.       - Depending on the age and/or fitness level, the re-starts
                                are timed as follows:

                                Top:    Set 1 every 20”          Intermediate: Set 1 every 25”
                                        Set 2 every 40”                        Set 2 every 45”
                                        Set 3 every 50”                        Set 3 every 55”
                                        Set 4 every 60”                        Set 4 every 65”

                                - 2’ recovery in between each set

                                - This exercise takes between 18’ (top) and 20’ (intermediate).

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                           Total duration: 80’


Fri. 23rd:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 24th:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 25
             * Speed            - short sprints from a dynamic position (heel lifts, knee lifts,…)




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                               Weekly Training Plan
                                                                                                  Left turn

                               walking down


            walking/jogging                                                  2x from 5, 10, 15, 20 to 25
  ... X X X sideways-L/-R      sprinting up                                  5' recovery
            heel/knee lifts
            walking backw.
                                                                             2x from 25, 20, 15, 10 to 5
  ... X X X jogging backw.
             ...                                                             20 sprints or 300 m in total

                          !B     !         5m          10 m!         15 m
                                                                            20 m                  Right turn
                                                                                     25 m


                                     - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is 300 m.

             * Cool down             - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                            Total duration: 50’


Sun. 25th:       Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                 UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                 Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                 football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3

                                 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 30 from Monday 26th of July to Sunday 1st of August
Macrocycle II, week 2 (Training week 8)


Mon. 26th: * Low Int.           - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 26
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Speed End.        - 45” of jogging, followed by 15” of acceleration building up to to
                                 95% SPmax, 8 reps, 3’ recovery (walking)
                                 - 30” of jogging, followed by 15” of acceleration building up to to
                                 95% SPmax, 8 reps, 2’ recovery (walking)
                                - 15” of jogging, followed by 15” of acceleration building up to to
                                95% SPmax, 8 reps, 1’ recovery (walking)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 64’

Tue. 27th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 27
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2)

             * High Int.        - 20” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 100   m), 10” jogging (Set 1)
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 200   m), 20” jogging
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 300   m), 30” jogging
                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 400   m), 40” jogging

                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 100   m), 10” jogging (Set 2)
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 200   m), 20” jogging
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 300   m), 30” jogging
                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 400   m), 40” jogging

                                - After a 4’ recovery and a stretching break, the pulsations
                                         should be reduced below 120 bpm

                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 400   m), 40” jogging (set 3)
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 300   m), 30” jogging
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 200   m), 20” jogging
                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax   (appr. 100   m), 10” jogging

                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 400 m), 40” jogging (set 4)
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 300 m), 30” jogging
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 200 m), 20” jogging
                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 100 m), 10” jogging

                                - All together, this takes 10’ + 4’ rec + 10’ = 24’

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

                                - From a coaching point of view, an efficient way to organise this
                                exercise, is to whistle each time the referees have to change from
                                activity.

                                - For Sets 1 & 2, the time line for the use of the whistle is as follows:
                                0 (20” HI tempo) - 20” (J) - 30” (T) - 1’10” (J) - 1’30” (T) - 2’30” (J) - 3’
                                (T) - 4’20” (J) - 5’ (T) - 5’20” (J) - 5’30” (T) - 6’10” (J) - 6’30” (T) -
                                7’30” (J) - 8’ (T) - 9’20” (J) - 10’ (Stop)

                                - For Sets 3 & 4, the time line is:
                                0 (1’20” HI tempo) - 1’20” (J) - 2’ (T) - 3’ (J) - 3’30” (T) - 4’10" (J) -
                                4’30” (T) – 4’50’’ (J) - 5’ (T) - 6’20” (J) - 7’ (T) - 8’ (J) - 8’30” (T) -
                                9’10” (J) - 9’30” (T) - 9’50” (J) - 10’ (Stop)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                        Total duration: 74’


Wed. 28th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 29th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 28
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2)

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps of + 2’ each
                                                                                start

             sprinting
                                   jogging                  HI-tempo

         backwards-R                                                              walking
         sideways-AR
                     jogging                               HI-tempo
             walking

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Field exercise, again 5 laps of + 2’ each

                                - All together, this exercise takes 24’ (including recovery)

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 84’


Fri. 30th:                      REST or RECOVERY

Sat. 31st:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 29
             * Speed            - Straight line sprints from a dynamic starting position, such as heel
                               lifts, knee lifts, walking, backwards or sideways running:

                                - Set 1:        5x   10m, starting from 10m walking
                                - Set 2:        4x   15m, starting from 10m side-stepping
                                - Set 3:        3x   30m, starting from 10m forwards jogging
                                - Set 4:        4x   15m, starting from 10m side-stepping
                                - Set 5:        5x   10m, starting from 10m backwards jogging

                               - After every sprint, a very slow walk back to the start position is a
                               good way of determining the recovery time (e.g. 20” for 10 m, 30” for
                               15 m, 40” for 30 m).




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan
                                                Sprint
                                                 30m


                                Sprint
                                                               Sprint
                                 15m
                                                               15m

                    Sprint                                                    Sprint
                     10m                                                       10m




                                  sideways-L                sideways-R
                    walking                    knee lifts                     backwards    10 m
                                                                               jogging
                                 sideways-R                  sideways-L


               SET !    I !!        II !           III !          IV      !      V
                       5x          4x! !           3x!!           4x!            5x



                                - After every set, there is 1’ recovery and stretching break
                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 310m.

               * Cool down      - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                          Total duration: 50’


   Sun. 1st:     Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                 UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                 Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                 football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 31 from Monday 2nd to Sunday 8th of August
Macrocycle II, week 3 (Training week 9)


Mon. 2nd:   * Low Int.          - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 30
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Medium Int.       - 30’ run at 70% HRmax (+ 5 to 6 km)
                                At the end of each 5’ period, a 30” tempo run has to be performed
                                (+ 150 m), or 6 all together resulting in a total distance of 900 m.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 70’


Tue. 3rd:    * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 31
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3)

            * High Int.         - 1’ run at 90% HRmax, 30” jogging, 16 x
                                - In total, this exercise takes (1’ + 30”) x 16 = + 24’

            * Cool down         - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 74’


Wed. 4th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 5th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 32
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3)

            * Ext. Speed        - Perform 2 sets of the below exercise (10 sprints per set), with 5’ of
                                recovery in between both sets




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                     Weekly Training Plan


                                            10! 20! 30!        40!     50!      60!   70!    80!   90!    100!
                                           walking down


                                                              4 x 30 m
                        walking/jogging    sprinting up
                        sideways-L/-R
            ... X X X                                                3 x 40 m
                        heel/knee lifts
                        walking backw.
            ... X X X   jogging backw.                                            2 x 60 m
                         ...
                                                                                              1 x 100 m
                        A             B




                                           - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’
                                           including 5’ of active recovery in between sets.

                * Match                    - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

                * Cool down                - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                                     Total duration: 83’


Fri. 6th:                                  REST or RECOVERY




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9

                                          Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 7th:      * Warm up        - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 33
               * Speed          - Set 1: Perform 5 laps of the below exercise in the penalty box

                                         START      sprint

                                                       backwards




                                  walking          jogging




                                                      sideways

                                                     sprint
                                - Once the 5 laps (or 10 sprints of 16 m) have been completed,
                                take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break.

                                - Then perform another 5 laps.

                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 320m.

               * Cool down      - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 50’


   Sun. 8th:     Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                 UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                 Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                 football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 32 from Monday 9th to Sunday 15th of August
Macrocycle II, week 4 (Training week 10)

Mon. 9th:    * Act. Rec.        - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 34

Tue. 10th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 35
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4)

             * High Int.        - 30”   HI-run, 30” jogging (Set 1),
                                - 45”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 60”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 75”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 30”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 45”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 60”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 75”   HI-run, 30” jogging,

                                - 2’ passive recovery (until bpm < 65% HRmax)

                                - 75”   HI-run, 30” jogging (Set 2),
                                - 60”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 45”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 30”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 75”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 60”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 45”   HI-run, 30” jogging,
                                - 30”   HI-run, 30” jogging,

                                - All together, this exercise takes 11’ + 2’ rec + 11’ = 24’

                                - From a coaching point of view, an efficient way to organise this
                                exercise, is to whistle each time the referees have to change from
                                activity.

                                - For Set 1, the time line for the use of the whistle is as follows:
                                       0 (30” HI tempo) - 30” (J) - 1’ (T) - 1’45” (J) - 2’15” (T) -
                                       3’15” (J) - 3’45” (T) - 5’ (J) - 5’30” (T) - 6’ (J) - 6’30” (T) -
                                       7’15” (J) - 7’45” (T) - 8’45” (J) - 9’15” (T) - 10’30” (J) - 11’
                                       (Stop)

                                - For Set 2, the time line is:
                                       0 (75” HI tempo) - 1’15” (J) - 1’45” (T) - 2’45” (J) - 3’15”
                                       (T) - 4’ (J) - 4’30” (T) - 5’ (J) - 5’30” (T) - 6’45” (J) -
                                       7’15” (T) - 8’15” (J) - 8’45” (T) - 9’30” (J) - 10’ (T) -
                                       10’30” (J) - 11’ (Stop)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 74’

Wed.11th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 12th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 36
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4)

             * Speed End.       - Set 1 of the diagonal run, 10 reps of 1’ each

                                Starting at the edge of the penalty box, referees progressively
                                accelerate to 90-95% SPmax (15”) along the diagonal line as
                                indicated below. As from the mark near the opposite penalty box on
                                (marked by the vertical bar), they decelerate while keeping the
                                attentional focus inside the penalty box. Between runs, there is a
                                45” recovery period (walking).

                            'Diagonal'-run
                                         15" tempo                        walking
                                                                           45"



                 walking
                  45"
                                         15" tempo

                                - 4’ of recovery

                                - Set 2 of the diagonal run, again 10 reps of 1’ each

                                - The total duration of this speed endurance session is + 24’
                                including 4’ active recovery.

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 84’
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

Fri. 13th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 14th:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 37
             * Speed            - Set 1: speed exercise around the midline, 5 x across the pitch and
                                back to the starting position.

                       Backw           Accelerate                  Sprint          Jog
                        Jog
             Start

                                                                   Side-
                         Walk          Jog         Sprint          ways Walk
                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Set 2: same exercise, again 5 x up and down

                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 360 m.

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 50’


   Sun. 15th:    Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                 UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                 Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                 football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                              Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 33 from Monday 16th to Sunday 22nd of August
Macrocycle II, week 5 (Training week 11)


Mon. 16th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 38

Tue. 17th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 39
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5)

             * High Int.        - Set 1: 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, 12 repetitions

                                - 4’ recovery

                                    - Set 2: 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, again 12 repetitions

                                -      All together, this exercise takes 9’ + 4’ recovery + 9’ = 22’
                                -      In the example below, it is shown how this exercise can be done
                                       by assistant referees (i.e. along the sideline)




                    Ass-ref HI sideline run




                                              Ref HI diagonal run




                 * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 72’


Wed. 18th:                      REST or RECOVERY
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                            Weekly Training Plan


Thu. 19th:   * Low Int.           - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 80% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 40
             * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength           - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5)

             * Speed End.         - Set 1
                                  - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order:
                                  - Lap1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4, Lap 5, Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2 and
                                  finishing off with Lap 1

                                  - With no recovery breaks in-between each lap it takes + 13’ to run
                                  Set 1.



                     1                                                  2
                  jogging                                           jogging

                  acceleration                                      acceleration




                     3                                                 4
                   jogging                                           jogging

                 acceleration                                       acceleration




                                                  5
                                             jogging

                                             acceleration




                                  - 4’ recovery


_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15

                                 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

             * Speed End.       - Set 2
                                - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order:
                                - Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2, Lap 1, Lap 1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4 and
                                finishing off with Lap 5.

                                - All together this exercise takes + 30’
                                         (13’ Set 1 , 4’ recovery, 13’ set 2)

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 90’


Fri. 20th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 21st:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 41
             * Speed            - Perform 2 sets of the exercise below, with a 5’ recovery break in
                                between sets.

                                - Set 1:
                                - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 3 x
                                - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3 x
                                - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 3 x
                                (with a change in direction to the left or to the right)

                                - Walk back to the start after each individual sprint. Use heart
                                rate watch to determine your own individual recovery; it should
                                be down to approx. 60 - 65% before you commence each sprint.

                                - Once the 9 sprints (180 m total sprinting distance) have been
                                completed take a 5’ stretching and drinking break.

                                - Set 2:
                                - but now in reversed order, i.e. from 30 m to 10 m, each distance
                                3 x for another total of 9 sprints.

                                - The total sprint distance is 360 m. The total exercise time is 15’.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                             Weekly Training Plan



                                  walking down                                              Left turn


             walking/jogging
             heel/knee lifts
... X X X    sidewards face in     sprinting up
             sidewards face out
... X X X    walking backwards
             jogging backwards
                                                                                           Right turn
             A                B                      10 m                    20 m


                                                                                           30 m

             * Cool down           - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                    Total duration: 50’

Sun. 22nd:        Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                  UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                  Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                  football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17

                                  Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 34 from Monday 23rd to Sunday 29th of August
Macrocycle II, week 6 (Training week 12)

Mon. 23rd: * Act. Rec.           - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
Tr. 42

Tue. 24th: * Low Int.            - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 43
           * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength           - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6)

            * Ext. Speed         - Start each sprint on the goal-line:

                                 - Set 1:
                                     > 8 maximal sprints to the midline (+ 7.5”) with 50” active
                                     recovery in between each sprint
                                     > Jog 1 lap of the pitch, drinking & stretching (+ 2’30”)
                                     > Duration: + 10’

                                 - Set 2:
                                     > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 12”) with 70” active
                                     recovery in between each sprint
                                     > Jog 1 lap of the pitch, drinking & stretching (+ 2’30”)
                                     > Duration: + 7.5’

                                 - Set 3:
                                     > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery in
                                     between each sprint
                                     > Duration: + 3.5’

                         Set 1                                  8 x 50 m in 7.5" with 50"
                                                                active recovery
                         Set 2
                                                                4 x 80 m in 12" with 70"
                         Set 3                                  active recovery
                                     10 x 16 m in 3" with 20"
                                     active recovery




                                 - All together, this session takes + 21’ including 5’ active recovery

            * Cool down          - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                            Total duration: 76’
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

Wed. 25th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 26th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 80% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 44
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6)

             * Speed End.       - Referees start by walking to the other side of the penalty box, then
                                they accelerate along the diagonal, jog to the other side of the
                                penalty box, and finally accelerate to the starting position.

                                - 6 laps of + 90” each

                                - 4’ recovery




                                                tempo
                      jogging                     15"                  walking



                                                                      start
                                - Referees start the second set by walking to the midline, then jog
                                backwards to the other end of the field, accelerate along the
                                diagonal, jog in the length of the pitch and finally accelerate along
                                the diagonal to the starting position.

                                -   6 laps of + 2’ each




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan


                                 jogging                 walking
                                   bw                                           start

                                              tempo
                                                15"



                                             jogging
                                - In total this exercise takes 25’
                                         (9’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2)


             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 90’


Fri. 27th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 28th:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 45
             * Speed            - Set 1: Perform 5 laps of the following exercise in the penalty box




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 20

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                          Weekly Training Plan

                                         START      sprint

                                                       backwards




                                  walking          jogging




                                                      sideways

                                                     sprint
                                - Once the 5 laps (or 10 sprints of 16m) have been completed,
                                take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break.

                                - Then perform another 5 laps.

                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 320m.

             * Cool down        - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching


Sun. 29th:      Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the
                UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship.
                Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton,
                football, squash, or tennis.




_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 21

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                Training Manual

WEEK 35 from Monday 30th of August to Sunday 5th of September
Macrocycle III, week 1 (Training week 13)


Mon. 30th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 46

Tue. 31st:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 47
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - Set 1
                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 100 m), followed by 10”
                                recovery jogging
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 200   m), 20” jogging
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 300   m), 30” jogging
                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 400   m), 40” jogging
                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 100   m), 10” jogging
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 200   m), 20” jogging
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 300   m), 30” jogging
                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax     (approx. 400   m), 40” jogging

                                - 5’ recovery

                                - From a coaching point of view, the easiest way to run this
                                intermittent exercise, is to whistle each time the referees have to
                                change from activity. For Set 1 and 2, the time line is:

                                0 (20” HI tempo) - 20” (J) - 30” (HI) - 1’10” (J) - 1’30” (HI) - 2’30”
                                (J) - 3’ (HI) - 4’20” (J) - 5’ (HI) - 5’20” (J) - 5’30” (HI) - 6’10” (J) -
                                6’30” (HI) - 7’30” (J) - 8’ (HI) - 9’20” (J) - 10’ (Stop)

                 - For the next set, the same time table can be used:

                                - Set 2
                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 100 m), 10” jogging
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 200 m), 20” jogging
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 300 m), 30” jogging
                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 400 m), 40” jogging
                                - 20” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 100 m), 10” jogging
                                - 40” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 200 m), 20” jogging
                                - 60” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 300 m), 30” jogging
                                - 80” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 400 m), 40” jogging

                                - All together, this HI exercise takes 10’ for Set 1 and 10’ for Set
                                2. Therefore, 20’ in total with 5’ recovery in between


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be            p. 1

                               Copyright © 2009 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                - If it is not possible to perform this exercise on a field of play
                                then the run can easily performed on a track, in the forest or on
                                a treadmill.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 75’


Wed. 1st:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 2nd:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 80% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 48
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 5x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.       - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps of 2’ each.
                                During each lap, there are 12 activities. The colour of the next
                               cone determines the intensity of the next activity as follows:
                                        - walking to the blue cones (w)
                                        - jogging to the green cones (J)
                                        - high intensity tempo run to the yellow cones (HI)
                                        - sprinting to the red cones (S)

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Field exercise Set 2 (again 5 laps of 2’ each)

                                - All together, this exercise takes 10’ + 4’ recovery + 10’ = + 24’

                                  HI         S          J       S
                                HI                                   J




                                W                                    W
                                     S       HI         J        W

            * Match             - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 84’
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                       Weekly Training Plan

Fri. 3rd:                                  REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 4th:         * Warm up                - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 49
                  * Speed                  - Variations on the 60 m distance as follows:
                                           - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m sprint in total
                                           - 2’ recovery and stretching

                                           - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 4 x or 160 m sprint in total
                                           (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right)
                                           - 3’ recovery and stretching

                                           - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x or 120 m sprint in total
                                           (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right)




                                                                                      Left turn
                                             walking down

                    walking
      ... X X X     jogging
                    sidewards face in    sprinting up
                    sidewards face out
      ... X X X     walking backwards
                    jogging backwards


                   A                 B                      20 m!                      Right turn
                                                                           40 m


                                                                                        60 m


                                           - The total exercise time is 15’.

                  * Cool down              - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                         Total duration: 50’


Sun. 5th:         Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
                  may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
                  squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3

                                          Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 36 from Monday 6th to Sunday 12th of September
Macrocycle III, week 2 (Training week 14)


Mon. 6th:   * Act. Rec.         - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre,
  Tr. 50

Tue. 7th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 51
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * High Int.        - Set 1: For each pair of referees there is 1 bib (a coloured vest).
                               - On a given signal, three referees with a bib from each team
                               start running from the edge of the centre-circle to different cones
                               and back to the centre-circle. The bib is then given to the partner
                               who performs the same course. On his way back to the centre-
                               circle, he gives the bib back to the first referee who now runs
                               clockwise to the next cone and back to the centre-circle. This
                               continues until 3 full laps have been completed, or 18 runs in
                               total. Set 1 takes + 9’.




                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Set 2: A second Set is now done counter-clockwise.

                                - All together, this HI exercise takes + 23’ with 5’ passive
                                recovery in-between.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

            * Tip                Assistant referees can perform the same exercise but covering
                                the second set the shorter distances marked by the ‘white’
                                cones in the middle of the distance of the first set.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 73’


Wed. 8th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 9th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 52
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.        - Field exercise Set 1, 2 laps
                                One lap consists of 7 maximal sprints followed by 7 recovery
                                jogs. The maximum sprint should consist of 95% of maximal
                               speed. The jogging should take 3 x longer than the duration of
                               the sprint. After reaching the finish, referees jog all along the goal
                               line until the next corner and then walk back to the start position.
                               It takes + 13’ to do 2 full laps.

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Field exercise Set 2, again 2 laps of 7 maximal sprints each

                                - In total, the exercise takes + 30’
                                         (13’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 13’ Set 2)

                                                                                    FINISH




                                                                                    Jogging




                                                              Jogging
                              Max tempo
         START
                                                Walking
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

              * Match           - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

              * Cool down       - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 90’


Fri. 10th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 11th:    * Warm up         - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 53
              * Speed           - Set 1: 4 reps of the following centre-circle exercise:


                     Backw           Accelerate                  Sprint          Jog
                      Jog
             Start

                                                                 Side-
                        Walk        Jog          Sprint          ways Walk
                                - 5’ recovery and stretching break after Set 1.

                                - Set 2: again 4 reps of the centre-circle exercise

                                - The total exercise time is 15’.

              * Cool down       - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 50’


Sun. 12th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 37 from Monday 13th to Sunday 19th of September
Macrocycle III, week 3 (Training week 15)


Mon. 13th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 54

Tue. 14th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 55
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - Each run is performed at 90% of HRmax

                                Set 1:
                                - 300 m run in 50-60”, 50-60” recovery, 7 x

                                - 5’ recovery

                                Set 2:
                                - Again 300 m run in 50-60”, 50-60”, recovery, 7 x
                                - If the exercise is performed on the field of play, then the start
                                of Set 2 is on the opposite side so that referees have to turn on
                                the other shoulder

                                                                          Start A
                                                                          Start A'



                                                                      50-60"
                                                                  active recovery

                                                50-60"
                                                HI-run


                                - All together, this exercise consists of 14 HI runs that will take + 33’
                                         (14’ Set 1 + 5’ recovery + 14’ Set 2).


                                - If it is not possible to perform this exercise on a field of play or
                                a track then the run can easily performed in the forest or on a
                                treadmill.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 83’


Wed. 15th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 16th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 56
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Ext. Speed       - Set 1:
                                           > 2 maximal 75 m sprints (+ 10”) with 75” recovery
                                           jogging / walking in between each sprint
                                           > 4 maximal 50 m sprints (+ 7”) with 50” recovery jogging
                                           / walking in between each sprint
                                           > 6 maximal 25 m sprints (+ 4”) with 25” recovery jogging
                                           / walking in between each sprint
                                           > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                           > Duration Set 1: + 12’

                                - Set 2:
                                           > 6 maximal 25 m sprints (+ 4”) with 25” recovery jogging
                                           / walking in between each sprint
                                           > 4 maximal 50 m sprints (+ 7”) with 50” recovery jogging
                                           / walking in between each sprint
                                           > 2 maximal 75 m sprints (+ 10”) with 75” recovery
                                           jogging / walking in between each sprint
                                           > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                           > Duration Set 2: + 12’


                                - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 24’

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 89’

Fri. 17th:                      REST or RECOVERY




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 18th:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 57
             * Speed            - Set 1: Perform 5 laps of the following exercise in the penalty box

                                       START       sprint

                                                      backwards




                                 walking         jogging




                                                     sideways

                                                   sprint
                                - Once the 5 laps (or 10 sprints of 16m) have been completed,
                                take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break.

                                - Then perform another 5 laps.

                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 320m.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 50’


Sun. 19th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 38 from Monday 20th to Sunday 26th of September
Macrocycle III, week 4 (Training week 16)


Mon. 20th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 58

Tue. 21st:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 59
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - This HI exercise is an extension of the ‘star run’ performed last
                                week. Again, referees run 2 x 2. Each referee runs with a bib (a
                                coloured vest). On a given signal, referee A runs from the edge
                                of the centre-circle to a cone and back to the centre circle (up &
                                down). The bib is then given to the partner (referee B) who
                                covers the same trajectory. Once he is back in the centre circle,
                                he gives the bib back to referee A, who now runs clockwise to
                                the next cone, back to the centre-circle, and continues to the
                                next cone in row (2 x up & down). When referee A again enters
                                the centre circle, he now gives the bib to the partner (referee B)
                                who performs on his turn the same course (2 x up & down). On
                                his way back to the centre circle, he gives the bib back to the
                                referee A, who now runs clockwise to the next cone, back to the
                                centre circle, again to the next cone in row, back to the centre
                                circle, and continues to the final cone in row of the first full lap (3
                                x up & down). When referee A again enters the centre circle, he
                                gives the bib to the partner (referee B) who performs on his turn
                                the same course turning around 3 cones. This particular
                                exercise consists of 3 full laps of 6 cones (1-2-3-1-2-3-1-2-3 or
                                18 runs all together). Set 1 takes 10’.

                                - 5’ recovery




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan




                               - Set 2: The star run is now performed again over 3 full laps, but
                               in reversed order, i.e. referee A turns around 3 cones before
                               referee B comes into play, then referee A runs around 2 cones,
                               before referee B comes into play, finally referee A runs around
                               one cone before referee B performs the same. The HI running is
                               now done counter-clockwise so that the referees turn over the L
                               shoulder. Set 2 also consists of 3 full laps of 6 cones (3-2-1-3-2-
                               1-3-2-1 or 18 turns all together). Set 2 also takes 10’.

                                - All together, this HI exercise takes + 25’
                                (10’ Set 1 + 5’ recovery + 10’ Set 2).

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 75’


Wed. 22nd:                      REST or RECOVERY




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

Thu. 23rd: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 60
           * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength           - 5x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                 the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed/Agility      - Set 1: Agility exercise of 60 m, 1’ rest, 5 reps
                                 The first 10 m can also be done jogging (Set 1) or backwards
                                 (Set 2) or sideways (assistant referees), before start sprinting
                                 the remaining 50 m.

                                 - 2’ recovery, stretching and drinking break

                                 - Perform a 2nd set of this exercise (5 reps)




                         10 m


                                                  20 m



                         Start & Fin ish A                 Start & Fin ish B
                           x                               !            x
                           x                                 !          x
                           x                                 !          x
                           x                                  !         x
                           x                                  !         x
                                 - 2’ recovery, stretching and drinking break

            * Speed End.         - Field exercise 8’, 1 set (see below)

                                 - 2’ recovery

                                 - All together these exercises take 26’ (6’ Set 1, 2’ recovery, 6’
                                 Set 2, 2’ recovery, 8’ Field,
                                 2’ recovery).




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12

                                Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan



                                               backward acceleration
                                                 run       90%

                                      jogging                              walking


                                walking                               jogging

                                         acceleration      backward
                                           90%               run



             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 86’


Fri. 24th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 25th:   * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 61
             * Speed            - Set 1: 5 sprints to the penalty spot alternated with 5 sprints to
                                the penalty box, with appropriate recovery in-between each
                                sprint, i.e., a slow walk back to the start.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan
                                            walking
                       DYNAMIC                        sprint 1-3-5-7-9
                        START                                 sprint 2-4-6-8-10
                         Set 1
                                               walking




                                            walking
                       DYNAMIC                        sprint 1-3-5-7-9
                        START                                 sprint 2-4-6-8-10
                         Set 2
                                               walking

                                - Once the 10 sprints have been completed take a 5’ recovery,
                                stretching and drinking break.

                                - Set 2: again 5 sprints to the penalty spot and 5 to the penalty box

                                - The total sprint distance is 270 m. The total exercise time is 15’.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 50’


Sun. 26th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 39 from Monday 27th of September to Sunday 3rd of October
Macrocycle III, week 5 (Training week 17)


Mon. 27th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 62

Tue. 28th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 63
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Maximal Aerobic Training (VO2max Training)




                                - On the first whistle, referees have to cover 75 m in 15” from
                                any starting position. Then there is 15” to cover 25 m walking. On
                                the next whistle, referees have to run again 75 m in 15”, followed by
                                25 m of deceleration and walking in 15”.
                                - One full lap on a track consists of 4 interval runs followed by 4
                                recovery walks.

                                All together, the total exercise consists of 10 laps resulting in 40
                                tempo runs, each followed by a 15” deceleration and walking
                                period.

                                - Referees have to arrive in the ‘walking area’ before the whistle
                                and may not leave the ‘walking area’ before the whistle.

                                - The total duration of this VO2max exercise is 20’.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 70’
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan


Wed. 29th:                      REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 30th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 64
             * Warm up          - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 5x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 x
                                Referees start at 65% SPmax the first 1/3 of the field of play , then
                                accelerate the second 1/3 up to 85% SPmax, and finally
                                accelerate to 95% SPmax the final 1/3. In the width of the field,
                                referees continue ‘jogging’. On the other side, they continue the
                                same way.
                                - So for each lap, there are 2 build up accelerations in the length
                                of the field.

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Field exercise, again 5x but now in a reversed way,
                                i.e. accelerating in the width of the field, and jogging in the
                                length of the field.

                                - All together, this SE exercise takes 26’
                                         (10’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2)




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                           95%               85%               65% Start

                                       acceleration


             jogging                         Set 1                          jogging


                                      acceleration

                    65%                     85%                95%
                Start
                                            jogging
            65%                                                                  95%


            85% acceleration Set 2                                               85%


            95%                             jogging                              65%

                 * Match        - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

                                                                                   Total duration: 86’


Fri. 1st:                       REST or RECOVERY




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                               Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 2nd:   * Warm up                - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 65

            * Speed                  - Set 1:
                                     - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 3 x
                                     - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3 x
                                     - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 3 x
                                     (with a change in direction to the left or to the right)

                                     - Once the 9 sprints (180 m total sprinting distance) have been
                                     completed take a 5’ stretching and drinking break.

                                     - Set 2:
                                     - In reversed order, i.e. from 30 m to 10 m, each distance 3x for
                                     a further 9 sprints.


                                      walking down                                         Left turn


                walking/jogging
    ... X X X   heel/knee lifts
                sidewards face in     sprinting up
                sidewards face out
    ... X X X   walking backwards
                jogging backwards
                                                                                           Right turn
                A                B                     10 m                   20 m

                                                                                           30 m

                                     - The total sprint distance is 360 m. The total exercise time is
                                     15’.

            * Cool down              - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                        Total duration: 50’

Sun. 3rd:   Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
            may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
            squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18

                                 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 40 from Monday 4th to Sunday 10th of October
Macrocycle III, week 6 (Training week 18)


Mon. 4th:   * Act. Rec.         - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 66

Tue. 5th:    * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 67
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Ext. Speed        - All sprints to start on the goal-line.
                                Set 1:
                                     > 8 maximal sprints to the midline (+ 7”)
                                     with 50” recovery jogging in between each and every sprint
                                     > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                     > Duration: + 10’

                                - Set 2:
                                    > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 11”)
                                    with 70” recovery jogging in between each and every sprint
                                    > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                    > Duration: + 7.5’

                                - Set 3:
                                    > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”)
                                    with 20” recovery jogging in between each and every sprint
                                    > Duration: + 3.5’

                                - All together, this extended speed session takes + 21’.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 71’


Wed. 6th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Thu. 7th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 68
            * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

            * Speed End.        - Referees start by walking to the other side of the penalty box,
                                then sprint at 90% SPmax along the diagonal, jog to the other
                                side of the penalty box, and finally sprint back at 90% SPmax to
                                the starting position.

                                - 6 laps of + 90” each

                                - 4’ recovery




                                                  accelerating

                   jogging                                             walking

                                                 accelerating

                                                                      start
                                - Referees start the second set by walking to the midline, then
                                jog backwards/sideways to the other end of the field, sprint at
                                90% SPmax along the diagonal, jog in the length of the pitch and
                                finally sprint at 90% SPmax along the diagonal to the starting
                                position.

                                - 6 laps of + 2’ each




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 20

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                 jogging               walking
                                   bw                                      start

                            accelerating



                                  accelerating
                                              jogging
                                - In total this exercise takes 25’ (9’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2).

            * Match             - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                    Total duration: 85’


Fri. 8th:                       REST or RECOVERY


Sat. 9th:   * Warm up           - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 69
            * Speed             - Set 1: short sprints in the penalty box, 5 laps

                                         START     sprint

                                                     backwards




                                    walking       jogging




                                                    sideways

                                                   sprint

                                - 5’ recovery and stretching

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 21

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                - Perform a 2nd Set of the above exercise (5 sprints)

                                - The total exercise time is ±15’.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                   Total duration: 50’

Sun. 10th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 22

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                     Training Manual

WEEK 41 from Monday 11th to Sunday 17th of October
Macrocycle IV, week 1 (Training week 19)


Mon. 11th: * Act. Rec.             - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 70

Tue. 12th:   * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 71
             * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength            - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                   the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.           - Set 1 Two lines are marked approx. 5 meters away from each side
                                   of one of the goal lines. The referees are divided into 3 groups
                                   based on their fitness level. The referees in the group with the best
                                   fitness (x) have to run the longest distance (+ 210 m), while the
                                   group with the weakest runners (z) covers a shorter distance (about
                                   190 m), and the intermediate referees (y) start on the goal line and
                                   cover an intermediate distance (about 200 m).

                                   - All referees start at the end with the 3 lines and run together at a
                                   given speed to the opposite goal line, and immediately back to the
                                   starting position (40” max). After a given rest that equals the
                                   running time (40” max), they start the second run. A signal may be
                                   used to indicate when the referees have to reach the opposite line
                                   and the home position.

                                   - Referees do this first exercise 10 x (15’ max).

                                   - 3’ recovery

                                  x
                       40" Rest   x
                                  x
                                  x
                                  x

                                      y
                                      y
                      40" Rest        y                40" up & down
                                      y
                                      y

                                          z
                                          z
                       40" Rest           z
                                          z
                                          z



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be         p. 1

                                  Copyright © 2009 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                             Weekly Training Plan

                                   - Set 2: All referees start again at the end with the 3 lines and
                                   run at a given speed to the opposite goal-line (20”). After a given
                                  rest that equals the running time (20”), they run back to the starting
                                  position (trial 2).

                                   Referees do this second exercise 10 x (7’).

                     x
                     x                                                          20" Rest
                     x
                     x
                     x

                          y
                          y                    20" down
                          y                                                     20" Rest
                          y                     20" up
                          y

                              z
                              z
                              z
                              z                                                20" Rest
                              z

                                   - All together, this high intensity exercise takes + 25’
                                            (15’ Set 1 + 3’ recovery + 7’ Set 2).


             * Tip                 - Differentiating the whole group into 3 teams should guarantee that
                                  the relative exercise intensity for each referee does not vary too
                                  much. If there is an extreme difference in fitness level between
                                  referees, the distances between the goal line and the 2 other lines
                                  can even be further extended (e.g. 10 meters). Another possibility is
                                  to divide the referees in even more groups (and use even more than
                                  just 3 starting positions).

             * Cool down           - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                           Total duration: 75’


Wed. 13th:                         REST DAY


Thu. 14th:   * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 72
             * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength            - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                   the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2

                                  Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

            * Speed End.        - Set 1: Field exercise
                                Referees start running at half pace (65% SPmax) to cover the length
                               of the field of play, then accelerate up to ¾ pace (85% SPmax) over
                               the width of the field, and finally accelerate almost maximal to the
                               other side of the field (95% SPmax). Across the width of the field,
                               referees continue ‘jogging’.

                                - 6 laps of + 90” each

                                - 4’ recovery

                                                                Start Set 1
                                                65% run
                                                 (30")


                           85% run                             jogging
                             (15")                              (30")

                                                95% run
                                                 (15")
                                - Set 2: Field exercise
                                Referees start running at half pace (65% SPmax) to cover the width
                               of the field, then accelerate up to ¾ pace (85% SPmax) over the
                               length of the field, and finally accelerate almost maximal to the other
                               side of the field (95% SPmax). Finally, referees continue ‘jogging’ the
                               length of the field.

                                - 6 laps of + 90” each




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                              85% run
                                                (20")


                           95% run                             65% run
                            (10")                               (20")

                                              jogging
                                               (40")
                                                               Start Set 2
                                - All together this exercise takes + 22’
                                         (9’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 9’ Set 2).

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 82’


Fri. 15th:                      REST DAY


Sat. 16th:   * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 73

             * Speed            - Set 1:
                                - 1) 11 m sprint, 11 m jogging, walking to the start, 4 reps
                                - 2) 25 m sprint, 25 m jogging, walking to the start, 2 reps
                                - 3) 50 m sprint, 50 m jogging, walking to the start, 1 rep

                                - 5’ recovery and stretching

                                - Followed by a 2nd Set of 7 sprints




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan




                                       sprinting

                           walking                 1        2              3

                                        jogging




                                 - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 288 m.

            * Cool down          - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sun. 17th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5

                                Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 42 from Monday 18th to Sunday 24th of October
Macrocycle IV, week 2 (Training week 20)

Mon. 18th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 74

Tue. 19th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 75
             * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - Set 1: Referee A performs a HI run clockwise from the midline to
                                the corner flag, then across the goal line to the other corner flag,
                                and finally to the other side of the midline. In the meantime, Referee
                                B has to cross the midline by walking or jogging. He has to arrive at
                                the other side when Referee A arrives. When they meet, their roles
                                change, i.e. Referee B performs a HI run counter-clockwise the
                                same trajectory, while Referee A recovers by walking / jogging back
                                to the starting position. The second HI-run of referee A is done on
                                the other side of the field so that he has to take the turns on his L-
                                shoulder. All together this exercise is done 5 full laps, or 10 HI-runs
                                for each of the referees.

                                All together, this first run takes + 10’ (1600 m HI running alternated
                                with 600 m recovery for each referee).

                                - 3’ recovery

                                - Set 2: perform another 5 full laps (or 10 HI-runs for each).

                                - All together this exercise takes + 22’
                                         (10’ Set 1 + 2’ recovery + 10’ Set 2)

                                                    Start
                                                    Ref A
                                                                    HI-run
                                                 Ref B
                                             walking/jogging



                                                Ref A
                                                           Ref B

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6
                                                    Change!!!
                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 73’


Wed. 20th:                      REST DAY


Thu. 21st:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 76
             * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.       - Field exercise: Set 1: 4 laps of + 3’ each

                                - 4’ recovery



                                           jogging         jogging



                                             sprint          sprint

                                                      HI              HI

                                           jogging          jogging
                                                           backward



                                  walking                  walking

                                   Start
                                             walking           jogging

                                - Field exercise: Set 2: again 4 laps of + 3’ each

                                - All together this exercise takes + 28’
                                         (12’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2)

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 88’

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

Fri. 22nd:                      REST DAY


Sat. 23rd:   * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 77
             * Speed            - Set 1: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’)

                                - 5’ recovery

                         Walk           Jog          Sprint        Jog        Walk

                Start
                Finish


                                - Set 2: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’)

                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 360 m.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 50’


Sun. 24th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 43 from Monday 25th to Sunday 31st of October
Macrocycle IV, week 3 (Training week 21)

Mon. 25th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 78

Tue. 26th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 79
             * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Ext. Speed       - Set 1 using a dynamic start over a 5m course:
                                        > 4 maximal 30m sprints (+ 4.5”)
                                               with 30” recovery (walking back)
                                        > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”)
                                               with 40” recovery (walking back)
                                        > 2 maximal 60m sprints 60 m (+ 9”)
                                               with 1‘ recovery (walking back)
                                        > 1 maximal 100m sprint (+ 15”)
                                               with 1‘30” recovery (walking back)
                                        > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                > Duration Set 1: + 11’30”

                                - Set 2:
                                           > 1 maximal 100m sprint (+ 15”)
                                                  with 1‘30” recovery (walking back)
                                           > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”)
                                                  with 1‘ recovery (walking back)
                                           > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”)
                                                  with 40” recovery (walking back)
                                           > 4 maximal 30m sprints (+ 4.5”)
                                                  with 30” recovery (walking back)
                                           > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                           > Duration Set 2: + 11’30”

                                - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                      Weekly Training Plan
                                                 10! 20! 30!   40!     50!      60!   70!    80!   90!     100!
                                                walking down


                                                               4 x 30 m
                              walking/jogging   sprinting up
                              sideways-L/-R
                  ... X X X   heel/knee lifts                        3 x 40 m
                              walking backw.
                  ... X X X   jogging backw.                                      2 x 60 m
                               ...
                                                                                              1 x 100 m
                              A             B




             * Cool down                 - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                                         Total duration: 73’


Wed. 27th:                               REST DAY


Thu. 28th:   * Low Int.                  - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 80
             * Warm up                   - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength                  - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                         the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.                - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps of + 2’ each

                                         - 4’ recovery

                                         - Set 2: Field exercise, 5 laps of + 2’ each

                                         - All together, this exercise takes 24’ (including recovery)




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10

                                        Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                                                                  start

                       sprinting                                HI-tempo
                                           jogging                      walking
                    backwards-R
                    sideways-AR
                                jogging                         HI-tempo
                       walking                                                   jogging

             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 84’


Fri. 29th:                      REST DAY

Sat. 30th:   * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 81
             * Speed            - Set 1: Sprint exercise using the dimensions of the penalty box,
                               - 12 sprints; 3 x sprint 1, 3 x sprint 2, 3 x sprint 3 and 3 x sprint 4
                               - Using the following dynamic starting movements:
                                        Sprint 1 - side-stepping
                                        Sprint 2 - backwards jogging,
                                        Sprint 3 - walking
                                        Sprint 4 - jogging

                                - 5’ recovery, stretching, and drinking break.

                                - Set 2: Repeat the 3 x 4 sprints




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                           1 sideways
                                             2 backward jogging
                                               3 forward walking
                                                  4 forward jogging


                                walking      1      2      3      4


                                                   sprinting




                                - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 384m.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sun. 31st: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 44 from Monday 1st to Sunday 7th of November
Macrocycle IV, week 4 (Training week 22)


Mon. 1st:   * Act. Rec.         - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 82

Tue. 2nd:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 83
            * Warm up           - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * High Int.         - Set 1 takes 12’ (8’ HI running & 4’ recovery jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)

                                - 3’ recovery

                                - Set 2 again 12’ (8’ HI running & 4’ recovery jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)

                                - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 3’ recovery + 12’ = 27’

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 77’


Wed. 3rd:                       REST DAY


Thu. 4th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 84
            * Warm up           - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                               Weekly Training Plan

            * Strength            - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                  the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.          - Each run is performed at 90-95% SPmax

                                  - Between each set, there is a 2’ active recovery

                                  Set 1:
                                  - From goal line to goal line and back (± 40”),
                                  - 1’ recovery
                                  - Repeat 5 x
                                  - Total duration is 8’30” (incl. recovery time)

                                  Set 2:
                                  - From goal line to opposite penalty box and back (± 35”)
                                  - 1’ recovery
                                  - Repeat 5 x
                                  - Total duration is 8’ (incl. recovery time)

                                                                              SET I
                         START                       40" up & down

                                                     35" up & down
                                                                     SET II

                                                    SET III

                                         20" up & down


                                    6"
                                   SET IV


                                  - Set 3:
                                  - From goal line to mid line and back (± 20”)
                                  - 30” recovery
                                  - Repeat 5 x
                                  - Total duration is 4’15” (incl. recovery time)

                                  - Set 4:
                                  - From goal line to penalty box and back (± 6”)
                                  - 10” recovery
                                  - Repeat 5x
                                  - Total duration is 1’30” (incl. recovery time)

                                  - All together, this exercise consists of 20 high speed runs and the
                                  duration of the total exercise is + 28’30”.



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14

                                 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

            * Match             - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 88’


Fri. 5th:                       REST DAY


Sat. 6th:   * Warm up           - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 85
            * Speed             - short sprints from a dynamic position
                                - 2 x 5 m, 2 x 10 m, 2 x 15 m, 2 x 20 m and 2 x 25 m (change in
                                direction to the left)
                                - 5’ recovery and stretching
                                - 2 x 5 m, 2 x 10 m, 2 x 15 m, 2 x 20 m and 2 x 25 m (change in
                                direction to the right)
                                                                                                                  Lef

                                                             walking down


                                          walking/jogging                                       2 x from 5, 10, 15, 20
                                ... X X X sideways-L/-R      sprinting up                       5' recovery
                                          heel/knee lifts
                                          walking backw.
                                                                                                2 x from 25, 20, 15, 1
                                ... X X X jogging backw.
                                           ...                                                  20 sprints or 300 m in

                                                        !B     !      5m    10 m!        15 m
                                                                                                20 m              Rig
                                                                                                       25 m


            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 50’


Sun. 7th:   Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
            may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
            squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 45 from Monday 8th to Sunday 14th of November
Macrocycle IV, week 5 (Training week 23)

Mon. 8th:   * Act. Rec.         - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 86

Tue. 9th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 87
            * Warm up           - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Maximal Aerobic Training (VO2max Training)




                                - On the first whistle, referees have to cover 75 m in 15” from
                                any starting position. Then there is 15” to cover 25 m walking. On
                                the next whistle, referees have to run again 75 m in 15”, followed by
                                25 m of deceleration and walking in 15”.
                                - One full lap on a track consists of 4 interval runs followed by 4
                                recovery walks.

                                All together, the total exercise consists of 10 laps resulting in 40
                                tempo runs, each followed by a 15” deceleration and walking
                                period.

                                - Referees have to arrive in the ‘walking area’ before the whistle
                                and may not leave the ‘walking area’ before the whistle.

                                - The total duration of this VO2max exercise is 20’.

* Cool down                     - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 70’

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

Wed. 10th:                      REST DAY


Thu. 11th:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 88
             * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps or 20 high speed runs, starting at
                                         either one of the starting positions.
                                - This first run will take + 11’

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Field exercise, again 5 laps or 20 high speed runs
                                - Again, this second run will take + 11’

                                - All together, this exercise takes 11’ + 4’ recovery + 11’ = 26’.

                                - The total distance covered in high speed running is 2500 m.

             Start B                    Jog            Walk



                        HI                                Acceleration
                  Jog tempo                                to sprint   Jog




                                        Walk              Jog                    Start A
             * Match            - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 86’


Fri. 12th:                      REST DAY



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 13th:   * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 89
             * Speed            - Set 1: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’)

                                                  Jog      Shuffle-R
                            Walk Sprint                         Backw Walk
                   Start                                         Jog

                            Walk        Jog                        Sprint Walk
                                         Shuffle-L           Jog
                                - 5’ recovery and stretching

                                - Set 2: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 50’


Sun. 14th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 46 from Monday 15th to Sunday 21st of November
Macrocycle IV, week 6 (Training week 26)

Mon. 15th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 90

Tue. 16th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 91
           * Warm up            - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Ext. Speed        - Set 1: using a dynamic start over a 5m course:
                                        > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”)
                                                with 20” active recovery (walking back)
                                        > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”)
                                                with 40” active recovery (walking back)
                                        > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”)
                                                with 1‘ active recovery (walking back)
                                        > 1 maximal 80m sprint (+ 12”)
                                                with 1‘20” active recovery (walking back)
                                        > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                        > Duration Set 1: + 11’30”

                                - Set 2:
                                           > 1 maximal 80m sprint (+ 12”)
                                                  with 1‘20” active recovery (walking back)
                                           > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”)
                                                  with 1‘ active recovery (walking back)
                                           > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”)
                                                  with 40” active recovery (walking back)
                                           > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”)
                                                  with 20” active recovery (walking back)
                                           > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                           > Duration Set 2: + 11’30”




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                      Weekly Training Plan

                         walking/jogging                 4 x 20 m in 3" with 20" recovery
             ... X X X sideways-L/-R                               3 x 40 m in 6" with 40" rec.
                         heel/knee lifts
                         walking backw.                                        2 x 60 m in 9" with 1' rec.
             ... X X X   jogging backw.
                          ...

                                           B
                                                                                 1 x 80 m in 12" with
                          A
                                                                                    1'15" recovery




                                            - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’
                                            including 5’ active recovery.

              * Cool down                   - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                            Total duration: 73’


Wed. 17th:                                  REST DAY


Thu. 18th:    * Low Int.                    - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 92
              * Warm up                     - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

              * Strength                    - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                            the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

              * Speed End.                  - Set 1: ‘Yo-yo run’
                                            - Sprint from the goal line to goal area line and back
                                            - Then immediately sprint from the goal line to the edge of the
                                            penalty area and back
                                            - Finally, sprint to the halfway line and back
                                            - 1’ rest
                                            - Repeat 6x
                                            - For 1 run, the reference time is < 25” (very good), < 30” (good)

                                            In case of group sessions, it is possible to use 2 starting positions
                                            as mentioned below.

                                            - 3’ recovery




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 20

                                           Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan


             3
             2              Team A
             1
                                  Suicide run
                                                                          1
                                                Team B                    2
                                                                          3
             * Speed End.       - Set 2: ‘Referee run’: 9’
                                                                 Start
                                                                   A
                                                              walking


                                                       forward
                                                          acc
                                                   backward
                                                     run
             Start              acc. to
              B                 sprint
                                - 3’ recovery

                                - All together, this training session takes 9’ + 3’ recovery + 9’ + 3’
                                recovery = 24’.

             * Match            - 10’ match play

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 84’


Fri. 19th:                      REST DAY
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 21

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 20th:   * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 93
             * Speed/Agility    - Set 1:
                                - 5x sprints as per the illustration below
                                - Slow walk back to the start after each sprint
                                - Start each run on every 60”

                                - 5’ recovery and stretching




                                                 15 m
                                                 sprint          End
                                                  sprint
                           4m
                                             backwards
                                                                   2m
                                                      jogging                  Start
                                                     20 m
                                - Set 2:
                                - Repeat Set 1

                                - The total exercise time is 15’, with the total sprint distance being
                                300m.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 50’


Sun. 21st: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 22

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                Training Manual


WEEK 47 from Monday 22nd to Sunday 28th of November
Macrocycle V, week 1 (Training week 25)

Mon. 22nd: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 94

Tue. 23rd:   * Low Int.         - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 95
             * Warm up          - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed             - 6 x 40 m sprint from a dynamic starting position, walk back,
                                90” recovery between sprints

                                - 4’ recovery

             * High Int.        - Set 1:
                                - 10 x 100 m shuttles (50 m - turn L - 50 m) to be completed in 20”
                                - 30” recovery walk (40 m)




                                - All together, this first set takes 8’20”

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2:
                                - 10 x 100 m shuttles (50 m - turn R - 50 m) to be completed in 20”
                                - 30” recovery walk (40 m)

                                - All together, this exercise takes 20’40 (8’20” + 4’ recovery + 8’20”)
                                - The total distance equals 2800 m, of which 2000 m at high speed
                                and 800 m walking

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 85’

Wed. 24th:                      REST DAY


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be      p. 1

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                             Weekly Training Plan

Thu. 25th:   * Low Int.          - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 96
             * Warm up           - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength          - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                 the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.         - Set 1: Referees perform 5 laps
                                 - From the start, run at the appropriate intensity around the pitch
                                 perimeter.
                                 - However, on LAP 1 run around cone 1, and so on up to cone 5 on
                                 LAP 5, thus increasing the run distance with each subsequent lap.
                                 - The running should be ¾ pace (the HR that it will elicit should be
                                 85-95%HRmax).

         START             90% SPmax                            JOGGING



                                                        90% SPmax

WALKING
                                                 5       5      4          3   2     1




                           90% SPmax                            JOGGING

                                 - 4’ recovery

                                 - Set 2:
                                 - However, on LAP 1 run around cone 5, and so on up down to
                                 cone 1 on LAP 5, thus decreasing the run distance with each
                                 subsequent lap.

                                 - All together this exercise takes + 24’
                                          (10’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 10’ Set 2)

             * Match             - 10’ match play

             * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                         Total duration: 84’

Fri. 26th:                       REST DAY



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2

                                Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 27th:   * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 97
             * Speed               - 10   m sprint up, 10   m walk down, 4 x
                                   - 20   m sprint up, 20   m walk down, 3 x
                                   - 30   m sprint up, 30   m walk down, 2 x
                                   - 40   m sprint up, 40   m walk down, 1 x

                                            walking down

                                     walking/jogging
                         ... X X     heel/knee lifts             sprinting up
                         X           sideways L/R
                                     walking backward
                                     jogging backward
                         ... X X
                         X       A                 B        10   20    30 40 m
                                              4x 10 m
                                              3x 20 m
                                              2x 30 m
                                              1x 40 m
                                              2 sets
                                              20 sprints or 400 m in total




                                   - Once the 10 sprints (200 m total sprinting distance) have been
                                   completed take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break.

                                - Then perform a second set of sprints but now in reversed order,
                               i.e. from 40m to 10m, for another total of 10 sprints.

                                   - The total exercise time is 15’, with the total sprint distance being
                                   400 m.

             * Cool down           - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 50’


Sun. 28th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 48 from Monday 29th of November to Sunday 5th of December
Macrocycle V, week 2 (Training week 26)


Mon. 29th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 98

Tue. 30th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 99
           * Warm up            - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - Set 1:
                                - 30” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 90” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 120” at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 90” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 30” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging)

                                - All together, this first set takes 12’.

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2: again, the same exercise is performed (12’).

                                - All together this HI exercise takes 28’

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 78’


Wed. 1st:                       REST DAY


Thu. 2nd: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 100
          * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.        - Set 1:
                                - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order:
                                - Lap1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4, Lap 5, Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2 and
                                finishing off with Lap 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                            Weekly Training Plan

                                  - With no recovery breaks in-between each lap it takes + 13’ to
                                  complete Set 1.




                      1                                                 2
                  jogging                                            jogging

                  acceleration                                      acceleration




                      3                                                 4
                  jogging                                            jogging

                acceleration                                         acceleration




                                                  5
                                             jogging
                                             acceleration



                                  - 4’ recovery

            * Speed End.          - Set 2:
                                  - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order:
                                  - Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2, Lap 1, Lap 1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4 and
                                  finishing off with Lap 5.

                                  - All together this exercise takes + 30’
                                           (13’ Set 1, 4’ recovery, 13’ Set 2)

            * Match               - 10’ match play

            * Cool down           - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 90’
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5

                                 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                      Weekly Training Plan

Fri. 3rd:                             REST DAY


Sat. 4th: * Warm up                   - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 101
          * Speed                     - Set 1:
                                      - Straight line sprints from a dynamic starting position
                                      over 20, 30, 40, 30, and 20m respectively:

                                      - 5’ recovery

                                      - Set 2:
                                      - Repeat Set 1


                                                            Sprint
                                                             40m



                                                 Sprint
                                                 30m                   Sprint
                                                                       30m


                                  Sprint                                             Sprint
                                   20m                                                20m




                    Backwards                                                                 5m

                    Sideways left                                                             5m

                    Sideways right                                                            5m

                          Start      1st   !!      2nd !!    3rd ! !     4th    !!      5th


                                      - The total exercise time is 15’, with the total sprint distance being
                                      280 m.

            * Cool down               - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                                   Total duration: 50’


Sun. 5th:   Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
            may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
            squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6

                                     Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 49 from Monday 6th to Sunday 12th of December
Macrocycle V, week 3 (Training week 27)


Mon. 6th: * Act. Rec.           - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 102

Tue. 7th: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 103
          * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Ext. Speed        - Start each sprint on the goal-line.
                                - Set 1:
                                    > 8 maximal sprints to the midline (+ 7.5”) with 50” active
                                    recovery in between each sprint
                                    > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                    > Duration: + 10’

                                - Set 2:
                                    > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 12”) with 70” active
                                    recovery in between each sprint
                                    > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                    > Duration: + 7.5’

                                - Set 3:
                                    > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery in
                                    between each sprint
                                    > Duration: + 3.5’

                               - All together, this extended speed session takes + 21’ including 5’
                               active recovery

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 71’


Wed. 8th:                       REST DAY


Thu. 9th: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 104
          * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

            * Strength          - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: ‘Referee Run’: 5 laps (± 2’30” per lap)
                                - This first run will take + 12’30”

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2: ‘Referee Run’: again 5 laps
                                  Again, this second run will take + 12’30”

                                - All together, this exercise takes 12’30”+ 4’ rec + 12’30”= 29’



                         Jog         Backward
                Jog                                                                Walk
                                 Sprint                        HI

                                   HI
             Walk
                                                     Backward                       Jog

                   Start
             * Match            - 10’ match play


             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 89’


Fri. 10th:                      REST DAY


Sat.11th: * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching
  Tr. 105
          * Speed/Agility       - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box (below), 5 laps in total

                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Perform a 2nd set of 5 sprints


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                          START      sprint

                                                         jogging


                                                backwards
                                    walking
                                               jogging


                                                       sideways


                                                     sprint

                                - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is ± 320m.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sun. 12th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 50 from Monday 13th to Sunday 19th of December
Macrocycle V, week 4 (Training week 28)


Mon. 13th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 106

Tue. 14th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 107
           * Warm up            - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - Set 1:
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2:
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging)

                                - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 4’ recovery + 12’ = 28’

                                - From a coaching point of view, the easiest way to do this
                                intermittent exercise, is to give a clear signal each time the referees
                                have to change from activity. For Set 1 and 2, the time line is:
                                0 (20” HI) - 20” (Jog) – 40” (HI) - 1’20” (Jog) - 1’40” (HI) - 2’40” (Jog)
                                - 3’ (HI) - 5’ (Jog) - 6’ (HI) - 8’ (Jog) - 9’ (HI) – 10’ (Jog) - 10’20” (HI)
                                - 11’ (Jog) - 11’20” (HI) - 11’40” (Jog) - 12’ (finish)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                        Total duration: 78’


Wed. 15th:                      REST DAY
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                            Weekly Training Plan

Thu. 16th: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 108
           * Warm up             - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength          - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                 the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.        - 1 set of the following exercise that takes + 8’.

                                 - 50 m sprint (± 10”), walking back 30”, 5x, 1’ rest
                                 - 25 m sprint (± 5”), walking back 15”, 5x, 1’ rest
                                 - 16 m sprint (± 3”), walking back 9”, 5x

                                 - 3’ recovery

             * Speed End.        - Field exercise (see below) 1 set (10’)

                                  - All together these exercises take 24’
                          (8’ exercise 1, 3’ recovery, 10’ exercise 2, 3’ recovery).




                                       backward acceleration
                                         run       90%

                               jogging                         walking


                          walking                          jogging

                                  acceleration    backward
                                    90%             run



             * Match             - 10’ match play


             * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                 Total duration: 84’


Fri. 17th:                       REST DAY



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11

                                Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                   Weekly Training Plan

Sat. 18th: * Warm up                 - 20’ extensive warm up, gradually raising intensity, mobilisation
  Tr. 109                            and stretching

            * Speed                  - Set 1:
                                     - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 3x
                                     - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3x
                                     - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 3x
                                     - With a change in direction to the left or to the right

                                     - Once the 9 sprints (180 m total sprinting distance) have been
                                     completed take a 5’ stretching and drinking break.

                                     - Set 2:
                                     - The same exercise but in reversed order, i.e., from 30 m to 10 m,
                                     each distance 3x for another total of 9 sprints.



                                             walking down                               Left turn


                        walking/jogging
                        heel/knee lifts
            ... X X X                        sprinting up
                        sidewards face in
                        sidewards face out
            ... X X X   walking backwards
                        jogging backwards
                                                                                        Right turn
                        A                B                  10 m              20 m

                                                                                        30 m


                                     - The total sprint distance is 360 m.
                                     - The total exercise time is 15’.

            * Cool down              - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                     Total duration: 50’


Sun. 19th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12

                                   Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 51 from Monday 20th to Sunday 26th of December
Macrocycle V, week 5 (Training week 29)


Mon. 20th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching
  Tr. 110

Tue. 21st: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 111
           * Warm up            - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - Set 1:
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by     20”    active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by     40”    active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by     60”    active recovery (jogging)
                                - 90” at 90% HRmax, followed by     90”    active recovery (jogging)
                                - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by     60”    active recovery (jogging)
                                - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by     40”    active recovery (jogging)
                                - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by     20”    active recovery (jogging)

                                - All together, this first set takes 11’

                                - 3’ recovery

                                - Set 2: again the same exercise is performed (11’)

                                - All together, this exercise takes 27’ (11’ + 5’ recovery + 11’)

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                         Total duration: 77’

Wed. 22nd:                      REST DAY


Thu. 23rd: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 112
           * Warm up            - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching

             * Strength         - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                              Weekly Training Plan

            * Agility           - 6 reps of the following exercise, which can be done on a track or
                                on the field of play.

                                - Walk back to the start after each individual sprint.

                                                                Finish




                                                                sprint    10 m
                                                            side-
                                                            ways         5m
                                                       sprint
                                                back
                                                ward
                             10 m           sprint

                                    5m


                                    Start

                                - 3’ recovery

            * Speed End.        - ‘Diagonal Run’ exercise, 5 laps of 2’ or 10 accelerations each as
                                follows: 90% SPmax along the diagonal line (1), walking along the
                                goal line (2), 90% SPmax along the diagonal line (3), jogging along
                                the goal line (2).



                         4
                                                     acceleration
                                                                                            2



                        jogging                             20"                   jogging
                          40"                                                       40"

                                    1
                                                                              3

                             START

                                - 3’ recovery
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                - All together these exercises take 22’ (6’ exercise 1, 3’ recovery,
                                10’ exercise 2, 3’ recovery).

             * Match            - 10’ match play

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 82’



Fri. 24th:                      REST DAY

Sat. 25th:                      REST DAY

Sun 26th:                       REST DAY


WEEK 52 from Monday 27th of December to Sunday 2nd of January
Macrocycle V, week 6 (Training week 30)

For the week between Christmas and New Year, there will be a winter break in a number of
European countries. Therefore, I will not provide you with a training programme. Just listen to
your own body. If you require a few days of rest, then take a break and enjoy your days with your
family and friends. If you are willing to practice, then the goal is to practice this last week of the
year at 80% HRmax, i.e. on Monday (Tr. 113), and Saturday + 40 min (Tr. 115).

The medium intensity training session on Wednesday is more intermittent. For every 5’ of
running, 2 tempo runs have to be done: in the middle a 50 m tempo run, and towards the end of
the 5’ period a 100 m tempo run has to be covered. Over the total 50’ run, 20 accelerations have
to be done, i.e. 10 of 50 m and 10 of 100 m.

From the first week of January on, the training sessions will be designed over the next 6 weeks in
a progressive way in such a way that the referees will be top-fit for the second half of the
competitive season.

     MERRY CHRISTMAS AND A HEALTHY, HAPPY AND PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR!




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15

                               Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 1 from Monday 3rd to Sunday 9th of January
Macrocycle VI, week 1 (Training week 31)


Mon. 3rd: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 116
          * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * High Int.         - 8’ run at 90% HRmax, 4’ jogging, 2 x

                                - All together this exercise takes + 24’
                                         (8’ Set 1 + 4’ jogging + 8’ Set 2 + 4’ jogging).

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 74’


Tue. 4th:                       REST DAY


Wed. 5th: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 117
          * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.        - Set 1:
                                - Perform 6 laps (± 2’ per lap) of the below field exercise at the
                                prescribed intensities

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2:
                                - Perform another 6 laps




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be     p. 1

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                                                           START
                                       50% SPmax
                                         (25")

                    70% SPmax                                 walking
                      (15")                                    (60")

                                        90% SPmax
                                          (20")

                                - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 4’ recovery + 12’ = + 28’

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 78’


Thu. 6th:                       REST DAY


Fri. 7th:  * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
   Tr. 118
           * Speed              - Variations on the 80 m distance (see below)

                                - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 2 x
                                - 1’ recovery and stretching

                                - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 2 x
                                - 1’ recovery and stretching

                                - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x
                                (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right)

                                - 2’ recovery and stretching

                                - 80 m sprint up, 80 m walk down, 2 x
                                (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right)


__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                     Weekly Training Plan




                                                                                                 Left turn
                                          walking down

                 walking
                 jogging
     ... X X X   sidewards face in        sprinting up
                 sidewards face out
     ... X X X   walking backwards
                 jogging backwards


                   A                  B                                        40 m              Right turn
                                                          20 m

                                                                                         60 m

                                                                                                             80 m




                                           - The total exercise time is 15’.

                 * Cool down               - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching


                                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sat. 8th:                                  REST DAY


Sun. 9th:                                  REST DAY

                    Depending on the match schedule and the weather conditions, intermittent and
                    non-specific weekend activities such as alpine skiing, cross-country skiing, playing
                    badminton, football, squash, or tennis may provide extra mental and physical
                    stimulation.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3

                                          Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 2 from Monday 10th to Sunday 16th of January
Macrocycle VI, week 2 (Training week 32)


The training distances covered in High Intensity (on Monday) and Speed Endurance (on
Wednesday), will decrease progressively and become more intermittent over the next macro-
cycle as training volume and intensity have to be cycled throughout the competitive season in an
appropriate way.

Mon. 10th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 119
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - 4’ run at 90% HRmax, 2’ jogging, 4 x

                                - All together, this exercise takes (4’ + 2’) x 4 = + 24’,

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 74’


Tue. 11th:                      REST DAY


Wed. 12th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 120
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.       - Set 1: Field exercise, 4 laps

                                One full lap takes + 4’ before re-starting. The intensities or
                                percentages are based on a % of maximal speed (SPmax), not
                                % HRmax. Therefore, 60% SPmax should be a jog and 90%
                                SPmax should constitute a fast tempo run.

                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Field exercise, again 4 full laps




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan


             START                     60%SPmax                    90%SPmax

                                       60%SPmax                       walking
                                                      90%SPmax


                                        60%SPmax                      walking
                                                       90%SPmax
               walking
                                             FINISH
                                - All together this exercise takes 37’
                                         (16’ Set 1 + 5’ recovery + 16’ Set 2).

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 87’


Thu. 13th:                      REST DAY


Fri. 14th: * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
   Tr. 121
           * Speed              - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total

                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan
                                                       sprint
                                 DYNAMIC
                                  START
                                                          jogging


                                                   sideways-R
                                      walking

                                                    sideways-L


                                                         backward

                                                        sprint

                                - The total exercise time is 15’.

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching


                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sat. 15th:                      REST or ACTIVE LEISURE


Sun. 16th:                      REST or ACTIVE LEISURE

                Depending on the match schedule and the weather conditions, intermittent and
                non-specific weekend activities such as alpine skiing, cross-country skiing, playing
                badminton, football, squash, or tennis may provide extra mental and physical
                stimulation.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 3 from Monday 17th to Sunday 23rd of January
Macrocycle VI, week 3 (Training week 33)

The training distances covered in High Intensity (on Monday) and Speed Endurance (on
Wednesday), will decrease progressively and become more intermittent over the next macro-
cycle as training volume and intensity have to be cycled throughout the competitive season in an
appropriate way.

Mon. 17th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 122
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - 2’ run at 90% HRmax, 1’ jogging, 8 x

                                - All together, this exercise takes (2’ + 1’) x 8 = + 24’

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 74’

Tue. 18th:                      REST DAY


Wed. 19th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 123
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Extended Sp.     - Set 1:
                                    > 6 sprints to the midline (+ 7”) with 50” active recovery jogging
                                    in between each sprint
                                    > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                    > Duration Set 1: + 8’

                                - Set 2:
                                     > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 11”) with 70” active
                                    recovery jogging in between each sprint
                                    > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                    > Duration Set 2: + 7.5’

                                - Set 3:
                                    > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery
                                    jogging in between each sprint
                                    > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)
                                    > Duration Set 3: + 6’
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan


                 Set 1                                        6 x with 50"
                                                              active recovery
                 Set 2
                                                                     4 x with 70"
                 Set 3                  10 x with 20"
                                        active recovery
                                                                     active recovery




                                - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 20’

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 70’


Thu. 20th:                      REST DAY


Fri. 21st: * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
   Tr. 124
           * Speed              - Variations on the 60 m distance (see below)

                                - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m sprint in total
                                - 1 to 2’ recovery and stretching

                                - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 4 x or 160 m sprint in total
                                  (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right)
                                - 1 to 2’ recovery and stretching

                                - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x or 120 m sprint in total
                                (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right)

                                - The total exercise time is 15’.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                  Weekly Training Plan


                                                                                           Left turn
                                              walking down

                     walking                                                        6 x 20 m
         ... X X X   jogging                                                        4 x 40 m
                     sidewards face in    sprinting up
                     sidewards face out
                                                                                    2 x 60 m
         ... X X X   walking backwards                                              360 m in total
                     jogging backwards


                     A                B                      20 m!                          Right turn
                                                                           40 m


                                                                                             60 m


             * Cool down              - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching


                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sat. 22nd:                            REST or ACTIVE LEISURE


Sun. 23rd:                            REST or ACTIVE LEISURE

                 Depending on the match schedule and the weather conditions, intermittent and
                 non-specific weekend activities such as alpine skiing, cross-country skiing, playing
                 badminton, football, squash, or tennis may provide extra mental and physical
                 stimulation.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9

                                     Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 4 from Monday 24th to Sunday 30th of January
Macrocycle VI, week 4 (Training week 34)

Mon. 24th: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 125

Tue. 25th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 126
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * High Int.        - 1’ run at 90% HRmax, 30” jogging, 16 x

                                - All together, this exercise takes (1’ + 30”) x 16 = + 24’

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                        Total duration: 74’


Wed. 26th:                      REST DAY


Thu. 27th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 127
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

             * Strength         - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

             * Speed End.       - 1 Set of the below exercise takes ± 8’
                                - 50 m sprint (± 10”), walking back 30”, 5 x, 1’ rest
                                - 25 m sprint (± 5”), walking back 15”, 5 x, 1’ rest
                                - 16 m sprint (± 3”), walking back 9”, 5 x

                                - 4’ recovery

             * Speed End.       Field exercise (below) for a total of 8’




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                                                          Start
                                                                            A
                                                                       walking


                                                               forward
                                                                  acc
                                                           backward
                                                             run
                 Start                acc. to
                  B                   sprint
                                - All together, this exercise takes 8’ + 4’ recovery + 8’ = + 20’

             * Match            - 10’ match play

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 80’

Fri. 28th:                      REST DAY


Sat. 29th: * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 128
           * Speed              - Sprint exercise using the dimensions of the penalty box (see
                               below)
                               - 4 Sets of 4 sprints with a 2’ recovery break in-between
                               - Using the following dynamic starting movements:
                                       Sprint 1 - walking
                                       Sprint 2 - jogging
                                       Sprint 3 – backwards jogging
                                       Sprint 4 – side-stepping




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                          walking
                                          forward jogging
                                          backward running
                                          sideways running



                                             1      2    3    4


                                                 sprinting




                                - The total exercise time is 15’.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                Total duration: 50’


Sun. 30th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 5 from Monday 31st of January to Sunday 6th of February
Macrocycle VI, week 5 (Training week 35)


Mon. 31st: * Act. Rec.          - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 129

Tue. 1st: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 130
          * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 6x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * High Int.         - Set 1:
                                - 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, 14 x

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2:
                                - 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, again 14 x

                                - All together, this exercise takes 10’30” + 4’ recovery + 10’30” = 25’

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 75’


Wed. 2nd:                       REST DAY


Thu. 3rd: * Low Int.            - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 131
          * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.       - Set 1: Field exercise, 6 laps of 2’ each                          -
                               During each lap, there are 12 different activities. The colour of the
                               next cone determines the intensity of the next activity as follows:
                                        - walking to the blue cones (W)
                                        - jogging to the green cones (J)
                                        - high intensity run to the yellow cones (HI)
                                        - sprinting to the red cones (S)

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Field exercise, another 6 laps of 2’ each

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                            HI             S                J             S
                         HI                                                    J




                         W                                                    W
                               S            HI               J            W

                                - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 4’ recovery + 12’ = + 28’

            * Match             - 10’ match play

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 88’

Fri. 4th:                       REST DAY


Sat. 5th: * Warm up             - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 132
          * Speed               - Variations on the 30 m distance:
                                - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 12 x or 120 m in total
                                - 2’ recovery and stretching

                                - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m in total
                                - 2’ recovery and stretching

                                - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 4 x or 120 m in total
                                (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right)




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                            Weekly Training Plan


                                 walking down                                         Left turn
                                                                               12 x 10 m
            walking/jogging
                                                                                6 x 20 m
            heel/knee lifts                                                     4 x 30 m
... X X X   sidewards face in    sprinting up
            sidewards face out                                                 360 m in total
... X X X   walking backwards
            jogging backwards
                                                                                      Right turn
            A                B                   10 m                   20 m


                                                                                      30 m


                                  - The total exercise time is 15’.

            * Cool down           - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                  Total duration: 50’

Sun. 6th:   Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
            may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
            squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15

                                 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                                   Weekly Training Plan

WEEK 6 from Monday 7th to Sunday 13th of February
Macrocycle VI, week 6 (Training week 36)

Mon. 7th: * Act. Rec.                    - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre
  Tr. 133

Tue. 8th: * Low Int.                     - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 134
          * Warm up                      - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength                   - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                         the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Ext. Speed                 - Set 1 (using a dynamic start):
                                                 > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”)
                                                 with 20” recovery (walking back)
                                                 > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”)
                                                 with 40” recovery (walking back)
                                                 > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”)
                                                 with 1‘ recovery (walking back)
                                                 > 1 maximal 80m sprint over 80 m (+ 12”)
                                                 with 1‘20” recovery (walking back)
                                                 > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)

                                                > Duration Set 1: + 11’30”


                       walking/jogging               4 x 20 m in 3" with 20" recovery
                       sideways-L/-R
           ... X X X
                       heel/knee lifts
                                                               3 x 40 m in 6" with 40" rec.
                       walking backw.                                      2 x 60 m in 9" with 1' rec.
           ... X X X   jogging backw.
                        ...

                                         B
                                                                             1 x 80 m in 12" with
                        A
                                                                                1'15" recovery




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16

                                     Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                - Set 2:
                                           > 1 maximal 80m sprint over 80 m (+ 12”)
                                           with 1‘20” active recovery (walking back)
                                           > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”)
                                           with 1‘ active recovery (walking back)
                                           > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”)
                                           with 40” active recovery (walking back)
                                           > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”)
                                           with 20” active recovery (walking back
                                           > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”)

                                           > Duration Set 2: + 11’30”

                                - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                       Total duration: 73’


Wed. 9th:                       REST DAY


Thu. 10th: * Low Int.           - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km)
  Tr. 135
           * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching

            * Strength          - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to
                                the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises

            * Speed End.        - Field exercise (below) for a total of 8’




                                               backward     acceleration
                                                 run           90%

                                    jogging                               walking


                              walking                              jogging

                                       acceleration       backward
                                         90%                run



__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan

                                - 4’ recovery

                                - Field exercise (below) along the wide diagonal line, run for 10’
                                or 10 tempo runs in total.

                             'Diagonal'-run
                                          15" tempo                       walking
                                                                           45"



                    walking
                     45"                  15" tempo

                                - All together, these exercises take 8’ + 4’ recovery + 10’ = 22’

             * Match            - 10’ match play

             * Cool down        - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 82’

Fri. 11th:                      REST DAY


Sat. 12th: * Warm up            - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching
  Tr. 136
           * Speed              - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total

                                - 5’ recovery

                                - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
Performance Training in Football Refereeing
                                                           Weekly Training Plan
                                       START       sprint

                                                        jogging


                                              backwards
                                walking
                                             jogging


                                                       sideways


                                                    sprint
                                - The total exercise time is 15’.

            * Cool down         - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching

                                                                                      Total duration: 50’


Sun. 13th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship,
           may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football,
           squash, or tennis.




__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19

                               Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee

Macrocycle 2010 11

  • 1.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Training Manual WEEK 23 from Monday 7th to Sunday 13th of June Macrocycle I, week 1 (Training week 1) Mon. 7th: REST or PASSIVE RECOVERY Tue. 8th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 1 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Medium Int. - 30’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 6 km) In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m has to be covered at 90% SPmax, or 6 x 50 m in total * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 80’ Wed. 9th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 10th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 2 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1) * High Int. - 6’ run between 86-90% HRmax, 3’ jogging, 2 sets This exercise has to be performed in the lower range of the HI- training zone. - All together this exercise takes + 18’ (6’ Set 1 + 3’ jogging + 6’ Set 2 + 3’ jogging) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 68’ Fri. 11th: REST or RECOVERY _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 2.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 12th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 3 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1) * Speed - straight line sprints from a dynamic start (10’) - 6 x 10, 4 x 20, and 2 x 30 m or 12 sprints in total (200 m) walking down walking / jogging sprinting up ... X X X heel lifts / knee lifts 1 sideways left / right ... X X X walking backwards 2 jogging backwards 3 A 5m !B ! 10 m ! 20 m 30 m * Medium Int. - 30’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 6 km) In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 100 m has to be covered at 90% SPmax, or 6 x 100 m in total * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 80’ Sun. 13th: Intermittent activities such as refereeing, playing tennis, badminton, or squash _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 3.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 24 from Monday 14th to Sunday 20th of June Macrocycle I, week 2 (Training week 2) Mon. 14th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 4 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Medium Int. - 35’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 7 km) In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m has to be covered at 90% SPmax, or 7 x 50 m in total * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 75’ Tue. 15th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 5 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2) * High Int. - 4’ run between 86-90% HRmax, 2’ jogging, 3 sets - As per last week, this exercise should be performed in the lower range of the HI-training zone - All together this exercise takes + 18’ (4’ per Set + 2’ jogging) x 3 * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 68’ Wed. 16th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 17th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 6 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2) * Speed End. - Set 1: 5 laps of 2’ each. The running speed is expressed as a % of the maximal speed. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 4.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START 50% SPmax (25") 70% SPmax walking (15") (60") 90% SPmax (20") - 3’ recovery - Set 2: again 5 laps of 2’ each - All together, this exercise takes 10’ + 3’ recovery + 10’ = 23’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Fri. 18th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 19th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 7 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Speed - straight line sprints from a dynamic start (10’) - 4 x 20, 3 x 30, and 2 x 40 m or 9 sprints in total (250 m) walking down walking / jogging sprinting up ... X X X heel lifts / knee lifts 1 sideways left / right ... X X X walking backwards 2 jogging backwards 3 A 5m !B ! 20 m ! 30 m 40 m _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 5.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Medium Int. - 35’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 7 km) In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m has to be covered at 90% SPmax,, or 7 x 100 m in total * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 85’ Sun. 20th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 6.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 25 from Monday 21st to Sunday 27st of June Macrocycle I, week 3 (Training week 3) Mon. 21st: REST or RECOVERY Tue. 22nd: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 8 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Speed - Variations on the 60 m distance (see below) - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m sprint in total - 2’ recovery and stretching - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 4 x or 160 m sprint in total (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right) - 2’ recovery and stretching - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x or 120 m sprint in total (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right) - 2’ recovery and stretching Left turn walking down walking 6 x 20 m ... X X X jogging 4 x 40 m sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out 2 x 60 m ... X X X walking backwards 360 m in total jogging backwards A B 20 m! Right turn 40 m 60 m - The total exercise time is 15’. * High Int. - 3’ run between 86 - 90% HRmax, 1’30” jogging, 4 sets - As before, this exercise has to be performed in the lower range of the HI-training zone. - All together this exercise takes + 18’. (3’ per Set + 1’30”’ jogging) x 4 * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 7.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Wed. 23rd: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 24th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 9 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3) * Speed End. - Set 1: 3 laps of 4’ each. The running speed is expressed as a % of the maximal speed. 60%SPmax 90%SPmax START 60%SPmax walking 90%SPmax 60%SPmax walking 90%SPmax walking FINISH - 3’ recovery - Set 2: again 3 laps of 4’ each - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 3’ recovery + 12’ = 27’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 77’ Fri. 25th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 26th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 10 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3) _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 8.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Speed/Agility - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total - 5’ recovery - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total START sprint jogging backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is ± 320m. * High Int. - Referees run 10’ at 80% HRmax. This corresponds to + 2 km. Then they run the same distance but now at 90% HRmax, so that they are back at the start after only 8’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 83’ Sun. 27th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 9.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 26 from Monday 28th of June to Sunday 4th of July Macrocycle I, week 4 (Training week 4) Mon. 28th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 11 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Medium Int. - 40’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 8 km) In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m has to be covered at 90% SPmax, or 8 x 50 m in total * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 80’ Tue. 29th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 12 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4) * High Int. - 2’ run at 90% HRmax, 1’ jogging, 6 x - This exercise has to be performed in the normal range of the HI- training zone (85 to 95% HRmax) - All together this exercise takes + 18’ (2’ per Set + 1’ jogging) x 6 * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 68’ Wed. 30th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 1st: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 13 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4) * Speed End. - Set 1: 6 reps at maximal speed with 40” recovery in between - 2’ active recovery _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 10.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 7.5 m 15 m Start & Finish A Start & Finish B xx ! x x xx ! x x - Set 2: again 6 reps at maximal speed with 40” recovery - 2’ active recovery - All together, this exercise takes 16’. * Speed End. - 8’ of the following referee run Start acc. to A sprint backward walking run forward acc backward walking run Start acc. to B sprint * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Fri. 2nd: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 3rd: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 14 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 11.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Speed - Set 1 of the following speed exercise Sprint 40m Sprint 30m Sprint 30m Sprint Sprint 20m 20m Backwards 5m Sideways left 5m Sideways right 5m Start 1st !! 2nd !! 3rd ! ! 4th !! 5th - 5’ recovery - Set 2 of the same exercise - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is 280 m. * High Int. - For those referees who don’t have a match to officiate in the weekend, the following exercise can be done: - 1’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 3’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’30” active recovery (jogging) - 3’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’30” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 1’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - All together, this exercise takes 18’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Sun. 4th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 12.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 27 from Monday 5th to Sunday 11th of July Macrocycle I, week 5 (Training week 5) Mon. 5th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 15 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Medium Int. - 45’ run at 80% HRmax (+ 9 km) In the middle of each 5’ of running, a tempo run over 50 m has to be covered at 90% SPmax,, or 9 x 50 m in total * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 85’ Tue. 6th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 16 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5) * High Int. - 1’ run at 90% HRmax, 30” jogging, 12 sets - This exercise has to be performed in the normal range of the HI- training zone (85 to 95% HRmax). - All together this exercise takes + 18’. (1’ per Set + 30” jogging) x 12 * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 68’ Wed. 7th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 8th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 17 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5) * Speed End. - Set 1: 4 laps (+ 3’ each) - The start of a new lap may be timed as follows: Top: Starting a new lap every 3’ Intermediate: Starting a new lap every 3’15” _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 13.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START 90%SPmax jogging 90%SPmax jogging 90%SPmax walking 90%SPmax - 4’ active recovery - Set 2: again 4 laps of + 3’ each - All together, this exercise take + 12’ + 4’ + 12’ = 28’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 78’ Fri. 9th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 10th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 18 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Speed - Set 1: 4 reps of the following centre-circle exercise: Walk Jog Sprint Jog Walk Start Finish - 5’ recovery - Set 2: again 4 reps of the centre-circle exercise _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 14.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 288 m. * High Int. - For those referees who don’t have a match to officiate in the weekend, the following exercise can be done: - 5’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 3’ active recovery (jogging) - 4’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 2’ active recovery (jogging) - 3’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’30” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 1’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - All together, this exercise takes 23’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 80’ Sun. 11th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 15.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 28 from Monday 12th to Sunday 18th of July Macrocycle I, week 6 (Training week 6) Mon. 12th: REST or RECOVERY Tue. 13th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 19 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6) * Speed - 6 x 40 m sprint from a 1.5 m dynamic start, with max 1’30” recovery in between sprints. The minimum time for international referees is 6.2” and for international assistant referees 6.0”. The minimum time for national referees is 6.4” and for national assistant referees 6.2”. - 5’ recovery * High Int. - The target zone of the next exercise is the normal range of the HI- training zone (85 to 95% HRmax). - 150 m run in 30" Finish 2 - 50 m walk Start 1 Start 2 - 50 m walk Finish 1 - 150 m run in 30" - On the first whistle, referees have to cover 150 m in 30” from the start position on (1). Then they have 35 (international referees) to 40” (international assistant referees) to cover 50 m walking (2). On the next whistle, referees have to run again 150 m in 30” (3), followed by 50 m walking (4). This equals 1 lap. - The total exercise consists of 10 laps, resulting in 20 high intensity runs, each followed by a 50 m recovery walk. - Referees have to arrive in the ‘walking area’ before the whistle and may not leave the ‘walking area’ before the whistle. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 16.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - The total duration of this HI run equals 20’ (with 30” recovery). * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 85’ Wed. 14th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 15th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 20 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Basic set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6) * Ext. Speed - Set 1: 4 laps of the next exercise utilising the length of the pitch: - Start on the goal line from a dynamic position (e.g., knee lifts). Then sprint to the 16 m box, return to the goal line jogging backward and then continue jogging forward to the 16 m box (1) - From the 16 m box, sprint to the midline and then return jogging to the 16 m box continue jogging back to the midline (2) - From the midline, sprint to the opposite penalty box, then return jogging to the midline and continue jogging to the penalty box (3) - From the 16 m box, sprint to the goal line, then return jogging backward to the 16 m box and then continue jogging forward to the goal line (4) - Continue jogging to the midline and then walk back to the start position. This constitutes 1 lap. For each lap of 320 m, referees sprint + 110 m (duration 1 lap + 2’30”) _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 17.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan jogging walking 4 3 2 Start 1 jogging sprint - 4’ recovery - Set 2: again 4 laps of 2’30” each - All together, this exercise takes 10’ + 4’ recovery + 10’ = 24’ * Match play - If referees have a group training session then a 10’ regular match can be played with the restriction that the ball can only be touched twice (‘control & pass’). If the game is not played fast enough, another restriction can be implemented, i.e. a goal can only be scored if all referees are over the midline. - Alternatively, if it is not possible to play a match, referees may perform a 10’ medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax). * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ Fri. 16th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 17th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 21 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Speed - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total - 5’ recovery - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 18.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan sprint DYNAMIC START jogging sideways-R walking sideways-L backward sprint - In total, this exercise takes + 15’. The total sprint distance is 320 m. * High Int. - For those referees who don’t have a match to officiate in the weekend, the following exercise is scheduled. - Referees run 6’ at 80% HRmax. This corresponds to + 1.2 km. Then the same distance is covered but now at 90% HRmax, which corresponds to a running time of + 4’ (Set 1). - 2’ recovery - Referees run again 6’ at 80% HRmax (+ 1.2 km). Then they run the same distance but now at 90% HRmax, so that they are back at the start after + 4’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 77’ Sun. 18th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 19.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Training Manual WEEK 29 from Monday 19th to Sunday 25th of July Macrocycle II, week 1 (Training week 7) Mon. 19th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 22 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Medium Int. - 30’ run at 70% HRmax (+ 5 to 6 km) For each 5’ of running, 2 tempo runs have to be done: in the middle a 50 m tempo run, and towards the end of the 5’ period a 100 m tempo run has to be covered. Over the 30’ run, 12 tempo runs have to be done, i.e. 6 x 50 m and 6 x 100 m. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 70’ Tue. 20th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 23 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1) * High Int. - 2’ run at 90% HRmax, 1’ jogging, 8 x - In total, it takes 24’ to complete this HI-exercise. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Wed. 21st: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 22nd: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 24 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 1) * Speed End. - All together, 20 fast runs should be performed from a dynamic start position. Decelerate smoothly, turn and jog back to the start _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 20.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Set I 8 x 20 m Set II 6 x 40 m Set III 4 x 60 m 2 x 80 m Set IV * Speed End. - Depending on the age and/or fitness level, the re-starts are timed as follows: Top: Set 1 every 20” Intermediate: Set 1 every 25” Set 2 every 40” Set 2 every 45” Set 3 every 50” Set 3 every 55” Set 4 every 60” Set 4 every 65” - 2’ recovery in between each set - This exercise takes between 18’ (top) and 20’ (intermediate). * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 80’ Fri. 23rd: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 24th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 25 * Speed - short sprints from a dynamic position (heel lifts, knee lifts,…) _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 21.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Left turn walking down walking/jogging 2x from 5, 10, 15, 20 to 25 ... X X X sideways-L/-R sprinting up 5' recovery heel/knee lifts walking backw. 2x from 25, 20, 15, 10 to 5 ... X X X jogging backw. ... 20 sprints or 300 m in total !B ! 5m 10 m! 15 m 20 m Right turn 25 m - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is 300 m. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 25th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 22.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 30 from Monday 26th of July to Sunday 1st of August Macrocycle II, week 2 (Training week 8) Mon. 26th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 26 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Speed End. - 45” of jogging, followed by 15” of acceleration building up to to 95% SPmax, 8 reps, 3’ recovery (walking) - 30” of jogging, followed by 15” of acceleration building up to to 95% SPmax, 8 reps, 2’ recovery (walking) - 15” of jogging, followed by 15” of acceleration building up to to 95% SPmax, 8 reps, 1’ recovery (walking) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 64’ Tue. 27th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 27 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2) * High Int. - 20” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 100 m), 10” jogging (Set 1) - 40” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 200 m), 20” jogging - 60” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 300 m), 30” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 400 m), 40” jogging - 20” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 100 m), 10” jogging (Set 2) - 40” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 200 m), 20” jogging - 60” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 300 m), 30” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 400 m), 40” jogging - After a 4’ recovery and a stretching break, the pulsations should be reduced below 120 bpm - 80” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 400 m), 40” jogging (set 3) - 60” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 300 m), 30” jogging - 40” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 200 m), 20” jogging - 20” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 100 m), 10” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 400 m), 40” jogging (set 4) - 60” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 300 m), 30” jogging - 40” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 200 m), 20” jogging - 20” run at 90% HRmax (appr. 100 m), 10” jogging - All together, this takes 10’ + 4’ rec + 10’ = 24’ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 23.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - From a coaching point of view, an efficient way to organise this exercise, is to whistle each time the referees have to change from activity. - For Sets 1 & 2, the time line for the use of the whistle is as follows: 0 (20” HI tempo) - 20” (J) - 30” (T) - 1’10” (J) - 1’30” (T) - 2’30” (J) - 3’ (T) - 4’20” (J) - 5’ (T) - 5’20” (J) - 5’30” (T) - 6’10” (J) - 6’30” (T) - 7’30” (J) - 8’ (T) - 9’20” (J) - 10’ (Stop) - For Sets 3 & 4, the time line is: 0 (1’20” HI tempo) - 1’20” (J) - 2’ (T) - 3’ (J) - 3’30” (T) - 4’10" (J) - 4’30” (T) – 4’50’’ (J) - 5’ (T) - 6’20” (J) - 7’ (T) - 8’ (J) - 8’30” (T) - 9’10” (J) - 9’30” (T) - 9’50” (J) - 10’ (Stop) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Wed. 28th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 29th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 28 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 2) * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps of + 2’ each start sprinting jogging HI-tempo backwards-R walking sideways-AR jogging HI-tempo walking _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 24.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - 4’ recovery - Set 2: Field exercise, again 5 laps of + 2’ each - All together, this exercise takes 24’ (including recovery) * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ Fri. 30th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 31st: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 29 * Speed - Straight line sprints from a dynamic starting position, such as heel lifts, knee lifts, walking, backwards or sideways running: - Set 1: 5x 10m, starting from 10m walking - Set 2: 4x 15m, starting from 10m side-stepping - Set 3: 3x 30m, starting from 10m forwards jogging - Set 4: 4x 15m, starting from 10m side-stepping - Set 5: 5x 10m, starting from 10m backwards jogging - After every sprint, a very slow walk back to the start position is a good way of determining the recovery time (e.g. 20” for 10 m, 30” for 15 m, 40” for 30 m). _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 25.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sprint 30m Sprint Sprint 15m 15m Sprint Sprint 10m 10m sideways-L sideways-R walking knee lifts backwards 10 m jogging sideways-R sideways-L SET ! I !! II ! III ! IV ! V 5x 4x! ! 3x!! 4x! 5x - After every set, there is 1’ recovery and stretching break - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 310m. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 1st: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 26.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 31 from Monday 2nd to Sunday 8th of August Macrocycle II, week 3 (Training week 9) Mon. 2nd: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 30 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Medium Int. - 30’ run at 70% HRmax (+ 5 to 6 km) At the end of each 5’ period, a 30” tempo run has to be performed (+ 150 m), or 6 all together resulting in a total distance of 900 m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 70’ Tue. 3rd: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 31 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3) * High Int. - 1’ run at 90% HRmax, 30” jogging, 16 x - In total, this exercise takes (1’ + 30”) x 16 = + 24’ * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Wed. 4th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 5th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 32 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 3) * Ext. Speed - Perform 2 sets of the below exercise (10 sprints per set), with 5’ of recovery in between both sets _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 27.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 10! 20! 30! 40! 50! 60! 70! 80! 90! 100! walking down 4 x 30 m walking/jogging sprinting up sideways-L/-R ... X X X 3 x 40 m heel/knee lifts walking backw. ... X X X jogging backw. 2 x 60 m ... 1 x 100 m A B - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’ including 5’ of active recovery in between sets. * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 83’ Fri. 6th: REST or RECOVERY _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 28.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 7th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 33 * Speed - Set 1: Perform 5 laps of the below exercise in the penalty box START sprint backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - Once the 5 laps (or 10 sprints of 16 m) have been completed, take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break. - Then perform another 5 laps. - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 320m. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 8th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 29.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 32 from Monday 9th to Sunday 15th of August Macrocycle II, week 4 (Training week 10) Mon. 9th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 34 Tue. 10th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 35 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4) * High Int. - 30” HI-run, 30” jogging (Set 1), - 45” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 60” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 75” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 30” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 45” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 60” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 75” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 2’ passive recovery (until bpm < 65% HRmax) - 75” HI-run, 30” jogging (Set 2), - 60” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 45” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 30” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 75” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 60” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 45” HI-run, 30” jogging, - 30” HI-run, 30” jogging, - All together, this exercise takes 11’ + 2’ rec + 11’ = 24’ - From a coaching point of view, an efficient way to organise this exercise, is to whistle each time the referees have to change from activity. - For Set 1, the time line for the use of the whistle is as follows: 0 (30” HI tempo) - 30” (J) - 1’ (T) - 1’45” (J) - 2’15” (T) - 3’15” (J) - 3’45” (T) - 5’ (J) - 5’30” (T) - 6’ (J) - 6’30” (T) - 7’15” (J) - 7’45” (T) - 8’45” (J) - 9’15” (T) - 10’30” (J) - 11’ (Stop) - For Set 2, the time line is: 0 (75” HI tempo) - 1’15” (J) - 1’45” (T) - 2’45” (J) - 3’15” (T) - 4’ (J) - 4’30” (T) - 5’ (J) - 5’30” (T) - 6’45” (J) - 7’15” (T) - 8’15” (J) - 8’45” (T) - 9’30” (J) - 10’ (T) - 10’30” (J) - 11’ (Stop) _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 30.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Wed.11th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 12th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 36 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 4) * Speed End. - Set 1 of the diagonal run, 10 reps of 1’ each Starting at the edge of the penalty box, referees progressively accelerate to 90-95% SPmax (15”) along the diagonal line as indicated below. As from the mark near the opposite penalty box on (marked by the vertical bar), they decelerate while keeping the attentional focus inside the penalty box. Between runs, there is a 45” recovery period (walking). 'Diagonal'-run 15" tempo walking 45" walking 45" 15" tempo - 4’ of recovery - Set 2 of the diagonal run, again 10 reps of 1’ each - The total duration of this speed endurance session is + 24’ including 4’ active recovery. * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 31.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Fri. 13th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 14th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 37 * Speed - Set 1: speed exercise around the midline, 5 x across the pitch and back to the starting position. Backw Accelerate Sprint Jog Jog Start Side- Walk Jog Sprint ways Walk - 5’ recovery - Set 2: same exercise, again 5 x up and down - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 360 m. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 15th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 32.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 33 from Monday 16th to Sunday 22nd of August Macrocycle II, week 5 (Training week 11) Mon. 16th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 38 Tue. 17th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 39 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5) * High Int. - Set 1: 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, 12 repetitions - 4’ recovery - Set 2: 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, again 12 repetitions - All together, this exercise takes 9’ + 4’ recovery + 9’ = 22’ - In the example below, it is shown how this exercise can be done by assistant referees (i.e. along the sideline) Ass-ref HI sideline run Ref HI diagonal run * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 72’ Wed. 18th: REST or RECOVERY _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 33.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Thu. 19th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 80% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 40 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 5) * Speed End. - Set 1 - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order: - Lap1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4, Lap 5, Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2 and finishing off with Lap 1 - With no recovery breaks in-between each lap it takes + 13’ to run Set 1. 1 2 jogging jogging acceleration acceleration 3 4 jogging jogging acceleration acceleration 5 jogging acceleration - 4’ recovery _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 34.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Speed End. - Set 2 - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order: - Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2, Lap 1, Lap 1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4 and finishing off with Lap 5. - All together this exercise takes + 30’ (13’ Set 1 , 4’ recovery, 13’ set 2) * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 90’ Fri. 20th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 21st: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 41 * Speed - Perform 2 sets of the exercise below, with a 5’ recovery break in between sets. - Set 1: - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 3 x - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3 x - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 3 x (with a change in direction to the left or to the right) - Walk back to the start after each individual sprint. Use heart rate watch to determine your own individual recovery; it should be down to approx. 60 - 65% before you commence each sprint. - Once the 9 sprints (180 m total sprinting distance) have been completed take a 5’ stretching and drinking break. - Set 2: - but now in reversed order, i.e. from 30 m to 10 m, each distance 3 x for another total of 9 sprints. - The total sprint distance is 360 m. The total exercise time is 15’. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 35.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan walking down Left turn walking/jogging heel/knee lifts ... X X X sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out ... X X X walking backwards jogging backwards Right turn A B 10 m 20 m 30 m * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 22nd: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 36.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 34 from Monday 23rd to Sunday 29th of August Macrocycle II, week 6 (Training week 12) Mon. 23rd: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 42 Tue. 24th: * Low Int. - 5’ of jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 43 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6) * Ext. Speed - Start each sprint on the goal-line: - Set 1: > 8 maximal sprints to the midline (+ 7.5”) with 50” active recovery in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch, drinking & stretching (+ 2’30”) > Duration: + 10’ - Set 2: > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 12”) with 70” active recovery in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch, drinking & stretching (+ 2’30”) > Duration: + 7.5’ - Set 3: > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery in between each sprint > Duration: + 3.5’ Set 1 8 x 50 m in 7.5" with 50" active recovery Set 2 4 x 80 m in 12" with 70" Set 3 active recovery 10 x 16 m in 3" with 20" active recovery - All together, this session takes + 21’ including 5’ active recovery * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 76’ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 37.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Wed. 25th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 26th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 80% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 44 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - Advanced set of strength and injury prevention exercises (week 6) * Speed End. - Referees start by walking to the other side of the penalty box, then they accelerate along the diagonal, jog to the other side of the penalty box, and finally accelerate to the starting position. - 6 laps of + 90” each - 4’ recovery tempo jogging 15" walking start - Referees start the second set by walking to the midline, then jog backwards to the other end of the field, accelerate along the diagonal, jog in the length of the pitch and finally accelerate along the diagonal to the starting position. - 6 laps of + 2’ each _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 38.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan jogging walking bw start tempo 15" jogging - In total this exercise takes 25’ (9’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2) * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Total duration: 90’ Fri. 27th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 28th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 45 * Speed - Set 1: Perform 5 laps of the following exercise in the penalty box _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 20 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 39.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START sprint backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - Once the 5 laps (or 10 sprints of 16m) have been completed, take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break. - Then perform another 5 laps. - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 320m. * Cool down - 5’ of jogging and walking, followed by 10’ of extensive stretching Sun. 29th: Officiating exhibition games to get match experience in order to prepare for the UEFA Europa and Champions League and the national championship. Alternatively, intermittent activities can be done such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 21 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 40.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Training Manual WEEK 35 from Monday 30th of August to Sunday 5th of September Macrocycle III, week 1 (Training week 13) Mon. 30th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 46 Tue. 31st: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 47 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1 - 20” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 100 m), followed by 10” recovery jogging - 40” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 200 m), 20” jogging - 60” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 300 m), 30” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 400 m), 40” jogging - 20” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 100 m), 10” jogging - 40” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 200 m), 20” jogging - 60” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 300 m), 30” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 400 m), 40” jogging - 5’ recovery - From a coaching point of view, the easiest way to run this intermittent exercise, is to whistle each time the referees have to change from activity. For Set 1 and 2, the time line is: 0 (20” HI tempo) - 20” (J) - 30” (HI) - 1’10” (J) - 1’30” (HI) - 2’30” (J) - 3’ (HI) - 4’20” (J) - 5’ (HI) - 5’20” (J) - 5’30” (HI) - 6’10” (J) - 6’30” (HI) - 7’30” (J) - 8’ (HI) - 9’20” (J) - 10’ (Stop) - For the next set, the same time table can be used: - Set 2 - 20” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 100 m), 10” jogging - 40” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 200 m), 20” jogging - 60” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 300 m), 30” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 400 m), 40” jogging - 20” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 100 m), 10” jogging - 40” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 200 m), 20” jogging - 60” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 300 m), 30” jogging - 80” run at 90% HRmax (approx. 400 m), 40” jogging - All together, this HI exercise takes 10’ for Set 1 and 10’ for Set 2. Therefore, 20’ in total with 5’ recovery in between __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1 Copyright © 2009 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 41.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - If it is not possible to perform this exercise on a field of play then the run can easily performed on a track, in the forest or on a treadmill. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 75’ Wed. 1st: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 2nd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 80% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 48 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps of 2’ each. During each lap, there are 12 activities. The colour of the next cone determines the intensity of the next activity as follows: - walking to the blue cones (w) - jogging to the green cones (J) - high intensity tempo run to the yellow cones (HI) - sprinting to the red cones (S) - 4’ recovery - Field exercise Set 2 (again 5 laps of 2’ each) - All together, this exercise takes 10’ + 4’ recovery + 10’ = + 24’ HI S J S HI J W W S HI J W * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 42.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Fri. 3rd: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 4th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 49 * Speed - Variations on the 60 m distance as follows: - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m sprint in total - 2’ recovery and stretching - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 4 x or 160 m sprint in total (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right) - 3’ recovery and stretching - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x or 120 m sprint in total (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right) Left turn walking down walking ... X X X jogging sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out ... X X X walking backwards jogging backwards A B 20 m! Right turn 40 m 60 m - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 5th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 43.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 36 from Monday 6th to Sunday 12th of September Macrocycle III, week 2 (Training week 14) Mon. 6th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, Tr. 50 Tue. 7th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 51 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: For each pair of referees there is 1 bib (a coloured vest). - On a given signal, three referees with a bib from each team start running from the edge of the centre-circle to different cones and back to the centre-circle. The bib is then given to the partner who performs the same course. On his way back to the centre- circle, he gives the bib back to the first referee who now runs clockwise to the next cone and back to the centre-circle. This continues until 3 full laps have been completed, or 18 runs in total. Set 1 takes + 9’. - 5’ recovery - Set 2: A second Set is now done counter-clockwise. - All together, this HI exercise takes + 23’ with 5’ passive recovery in-between. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 44.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Tip Assistant referees can perform the same exercise but covering the second set the shorter distances marked by the ‘white’ cones in the middle of the distance of the first set. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Wed. 8th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 9th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 52 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Field exercise Set 1, 2 laps One lap consists of 7 maximal sprints followed by 7 recovery jogs. The maximum sprint should consist of 95% of maximal speed. The jogging should take 3 x longer than the duration of the sprint. After reaching the finish, referees jog all along the goal line until the next corner and then walk back to the start position. It takes + 13’ to do 2 full laps. - 4’ recovery - Field exercise Set 2, again 2 laps of 7 maximal sprints each - In total, the exercise takes + 30’ (13’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 13’ Set 2) FINISH Jogging Jogging Max tempo START Walking __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 45.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 90’ Fri. 10th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 11th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 53 * Speed - Set 1: 4 reps of the following centre-circle exercise: Backw Accelerate Sprint Jog Jog Start Side- Walk Jog Sprint ways Walk - 5’ recovery and stretching break after Set 1. - Set 2: again 4 reps of the centre-circle exercise - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 12th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 46.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 37 from Monday 13th to Sunday 19th of September Macrocycle III, week 3 (Training week 15) Mon. 13th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 54 Tue. 14th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 55 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Each run is performed at 90% of HRmax Set 1: - 300 m run in 50-60”, 50-60” recovery, 7 x - 5’ recovery Set 2: - Again 300 m run in 50-60”, 50-60”, recovery, 7 x - If the exercise is performed on the field of play, then the start of Set 2 is on the opposite side so that referees have to turn on the other shoulder Start A Start A' 50-60" active recovery 50-60" HI-run - All together, this exercise consists of 14 HI runs that will take + 33’ (14’ Set 1 + 5’ recovery + 14’ Set 2). - If it is not possible to perform this exercise on a field of play or a track then the run can easily performed in the forest or on a treadmill. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 47.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 83’ Wed. 15th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 16th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 56 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Ext. Speed - Set 1: > 2 maximal 75 m sprints (+ 10”) with 75” recovery jogging / walking in between each sprint > 4 maximal 50 m sprints (+ 7”) with 50” recovery jogging / walking in between each sprint > 6 maximal 25 m sprints (+ 4”) with 25” recovery jogging / walking in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 1: + 12’ - Set 2: > 6 maximal 25 m sprints (+ 4”) with 25” recovery jogging / walking in between each sprint > 4 maximal 50 m sprints (+ 7”) with 50” recovery jogging / walking in between each sprint > 2 maximal 75 m sprints (+ 10”) with 75” recovery jogging / walking in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 2: + 12’ - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 24’ * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 89’ Fri. 17th: REST or RECOVERY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 48.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 18th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 57 * Speed - Set 1: Perform 5 laps of the following exercise in the penalty box START sprint backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - Once the 5 laps (or 10 sprints of 16m) have been completed, take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break. - Then perform another 5 laps. - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 320m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 19th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 49.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 38 from Monday 20th to Sunday 26th of September Macrocycle III, week 4 (Training week 16) Mon. 20th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 58 Tue. 21st: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 59 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - This HI exercise is an extension of the ‘star run’ performed last week. Again, referees run 2 x 2. Each referee runs with a bib (a coloured vest). On a given signal, referee A runs from the edge of the centre-circle to a cone and back to the centre circle (up & down). The bib is then given to the partner (referee B) who covers the same trajectory. Once he is back in the centre circle, he gives the bib back to referee A, who now runs clockwise to the next cone, back to the centre-circle, and continues to the next cone in row (2 x up & down). When referee A again enters the centre circle, he now gives the bib to the partner (referee B) who performs on his turn the same course (2 x up & down). On his way back to the centre circle, he gives the bib back to the referee A, who now runs clockwise to the next cone, back to the centre circle, again to the next cone in row, back to the centre circle, and continues to the final cone in row of the first full lap (3 x up & down). When referee A again enters the centre circle, he gives the bib to the partner (referee B) who performs on his turn the same course turning around 3 cones. This particular exercise consists of 3 full laps of 6 cones (1-2-3-1-2-3-1-2-3 or 18 runs all together). Set 1 takes 10’. - 5’ recovery __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 50.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - Set 2: The star run is now performed again over 3 full laps, but in reversed order, i.e. referee A turns around 3 cones before referee B comes into play, then referee A runs around 2 cones, before referee B comes into play, finally referee A runs around one cone before referee B performs the same. The HI running is now done counter-clockwise so that the referees turn over the L shoulder. Set 2 also consists of 3 full laps of 6 cones (3-2-1-3-2- 1-3-2-1 or 18 turns all together). Set 2 also takes 10’. - All together, this HI exercise takes + 25’ (10’ Set 1 + 5’ recovery + 10’ Set 2). * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 75’ Wed. 22nd: REST or RECOVERY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 51.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Thu. 23rd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 60 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed/Agility - Set 1: Agility exercise of 60 m, 1’ rest, 5 reps The first 10 m can also be done jogging (Set 1) or backwards (Set 2) or sideways (assistant referees), before start sprinting the remaining 50 m. - 2’ recovery, stretching and drinking break - Perform a 2nd set of this exercise (5 reps) 10 m 20 m Start & Fin ish A Start & Fin ish B x ! x x ! x x ! x x ! x x ! x - 2’ recovery, stretching and drinking break * Speed End. - Field exercise 8’, 1 set (see below) - 2’ recovery - All together these exercises take 26’ (6’ Set 1, 2’ recovery, 6’ Set 2, 2’ recovery, 8’ Field, 2’ recovery). __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 52.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan backward acceleration run 90% jogging walking walking jogging acceleration backward 90% run * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 86’ Fri. 24th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 25th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 61 * Speed - Set 1: 5 sprints to the penalty spot alternated with 5 sprints to the penalty box, with appropriate recovery in-between each sprint, i.e., a slow walk back to the start. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 53.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan walking DYNAMIC sprint 1-3-5-7-9 START sprint 2-4-6-8-10 Set 1 walking walking DYNAMIC sprint 1-3-5-7-9 START sprint 2-4-6-8-10 Set 2 walking - Once the 10 sprints have been completed take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break. - Set 2: again 5 sprints to the penalty spot and 5 to the penalty box - The total sprint distance is 270 m. The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 26th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 54.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 39 from Monday 27th of September to Sunday 3rd of October Macrocycle III, week 5 (Training week 17) Mon. 27th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 62 Tue. 28th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 63 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Maximal Aerobic Training (VO2max Training) - On the first whistle, referees have to cover 75 m in 15” from any starting position. Then there is 15” to cover 25 m walking. On the next whistle, referees have to run again 75 m in 15”, followed by 25 m of deceleration and walking in 15”. - One full lap on a track consists of 4 interval runs followed by 4 recovery walks. All together, the total exercise consists of 10 laps resulting in 40 tempo runs, each followed by a 15” deceleration and walking period. - Referees have to arrive in the ‘walking area’ before the whistle and may not leave the ‘walking area’ before the whistle. - The total duration of this VO2max exercise is 20’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 70’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 55.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Wed. 29th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 30th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 64 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 x Referees start at 65% SPmax the first 1/3 of the field of play , then accelerate the second 1/3 up to 85% SPmax, and finally accelerate to 95% SPmax the final 1/3. In the width of the field, referees continue ‘jogging’. On the other side, they continue the same way. - So for each lap, there are 2 build up accelerations in the length of the field. - 4’ recovery - Set 2: Field exercise, again 5x but now in a reversed way, i.e. accelerating in the width of the field, and jogging in the length of the field. - All together, this SE exercise takes 26’ (10’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2) __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 56.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 95% 85% 65% Start acceleration jogging Set 1 jogging acceleration 65% 85% 95% Start jogging 65% 95% 85% acceleration Set 2 85% 95% jogging 65% * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) Total duration: 86’ Fri. 1st: REST or RECOVERY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 57.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 2nd: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 65 * Speed - Set 1: - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 3 x - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3 x - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 3 x (with a change in direction to the left or to the right) - Once the 9 sprints (180 m total sprinting distance) have been completed take a 5’ stretching and drinking break. - Set 2: - In reversed order, i.e. from 30 m to 10 m, each distance 3x for a further 9 sprints. walking down Left turn walking/jogging ... X X X heel/knee lifts sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out ... X X X walking backwards jogging backwards Right turn A B 10 m 20 m 30 m - The total sprint distance is 360 m. The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 3rd: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 58.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 40 from Monday 4th to Sunday 10th of October Macrocycle III, week 6 (Training week 18) Mon. 4th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 66 Tue. 5th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 67 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Ext. Speed - All sprints to start on the goal-line. Set 1: > 8 maximal sprints to the midline (+ 7”) with 50” recovery jogging in between each and every sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration: + 10’ - Set 2: > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 11”) with 70” recovery jogging in between each and every sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration: + 7.5’ - Set 3: > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” recovery jogging in between each and every sprint > Duration: + 3.5’ - All together, this extended speed session takes + 21’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 71’ Wed. 6th: REST or RECOVERY Thu. 7th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 68 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 5 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 59.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Speed End. - Referees start by walking to the other side of the penalty box, then sprint at 90% SPmax along the diagonal, jog to the other side of the penalty box, and finally sprint back at 90% SPmax to the starting position. - 6 laps of + 90” each - 4’ recovery accelerating jogging walking accelerating start - Referees start the second set by walking to the midline, then jog backwards/sideways to the other end of the field, sprint at 90% SPmax along the diagonal, jog in the length of the pitch and finally sprint at 90% SPmax along the diagonal to the starting position. - 6 laps of + 2’ each __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 20 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 60.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan jogging walking bw start accelerating accelerating jogging - In total this exercise takes 25’ (9’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2). * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 85’ Fri. 8th: REST or RECOVERY Sat. 9th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 69 * Speed - Set 1: short sprints in the penalty box, 5 laps START sprint backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - 5’ recovery and stretching __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 21 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 61.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - Perform a 2nd Set of the above exercise (5 sprints) - The total exercise time is ±15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 10th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 22 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 62.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Training Manual WEEK 41 from Monday 11th to Sunday 17th of October Macrocycle IV, week 1 (Training week 19) Mon. 11th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 70 Tue. 12th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 71 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1 Two lines are marked approx. 5 meters away from each side of one of the goal lines. The referees are divided into 3 groups based on their fitness level. The referees in the group with the best fitness (x) have to run the longest distance (+ 210 m), while the group with the weakest runners (z) covers a shorter distance (about 190 m), and the intermediate referees (y) start on the goal line and cover an intermediate distance (about 200 m). - All referees start at the end with the 3 lines and run together at a given speed to the opposite goal line, and immediately back to the starting position (40” max). After a given rest that equals the running time (40” max), they start the second run. A signal may be used to indicate when the referees have to reach the opposite line and the home position. - Referees do this first exercise 10 x (15’ max). - 3’ recovery x 40" Rest x x x x y y 40" Rest y 40" up & down y y z z 40" Rest z z z __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1 Copyright © 2009 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 63.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - Set 2: All referees start again at the end with the 3 lines and run at a given speed to the opposite goal-line (20”). After a given rest that equals the running time (20”), they run back to the starting position (trial 2). Referees do this second exercise 10 x (7’). x x 20" Rest x x x y y 20" down y 20" Rest y 20" up y z z z z 20" Rest z - All together, this high intensity exercise takes + 25’ (15’ Set 1 + 3’ recovery + 7’ Set 2). * Tip - Differentiating the whole group into 3 teams should guarantee that the relative exercise intensity for each referee does not vary too much. If there is an extreme difference in fitness level between referees, the distances between the goal line and the 2 other lines can even be further extended (e.g. 10 meters). Another possibility is to divide the referees in even more groups (and use even more than just 3 starting positions). * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 75’ Wed. 13th: REST DAY Thu. 14th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 72 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 64.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise Referees start running at half pace (65% SPmax) to cover the length of the field of play, then accelerate up to ¾ pace (85% SPmax) over the width of the field, and finally accelerate almost maximal to the other side of the field (95% SPmax). Across the width of the field, referees continue ‘jogging’. - 6 laps of + 90” each - 4’ recovery Start Set 1 65% run (30") 85% run jogging (15") (30") 95% run (15") - Set 2: Field exercise Referees start running at half pace (65% SPmax) to cover the width of the field, then accelerate up to ¾ pace (85% SPmax) over the length of the field, and finally accelerate almost maximal to the other side of the field (95% SPmax). Finally, referees continue ‘jogging’ the length of the field. - 6 laps of + 90” each __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 65.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 85% run (20") 95% run 65% run (10") (20") jogging (40") Start Set 2 - All together this exercise takes + 22’ (9’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 9’ Set 2). * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 82’ Fri. 15th: REST DAY Sat. 16th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 73 * Speed - Set 1: - 1) 11 m sprint, 11 m jogging, walking to the start, 4 reps - 2) 25 m sprint, 25 m jogging, walking to the start, 2 reps - 3) 50 m sprint, 50 m jogging, walking to the start, 1 rep - 5’ recovery and stretching - Followed by a 2nd Set of 7 sprints __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 66.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan sprinting walking 1 2 3 jogging - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 288 m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 17th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 67.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 42 from Monday 18th to Sunday 24th of October Macrocycle IV, week 2 (Training week 20) Mon. 18th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 74 Tue. 19th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 75 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: Referee A performs a HI run clockwise from the midline to the corner flag, then across the goal line to the other corner flag, and finally to the other side of the midline. In the meantime, Referee B has to cross the midline by walking or jogging. He has to arrive at the other side when Referee A arrives. When they meet, their roles change, i.e. Referee B performs a HI run counter-clockwise the same trajectory, while Referee A recovers by walking / jogging back to the starting position. The second HI-run of referee A is done on the other side of the field so that he has to take the turns on his L- shoulder. All together this exercise is done 5 full laps, or 10 HI-runs for each of the referees. All together, this first run takes + 10’ (1600 m HI running alternated with 600 m recovery for each referee). - 3’ recovery - Set 2: perform another 5 full laps (or 10 HI-runs for each). - All together this exercise takes + 22’ (10’ Set 1 + 2’ recovery + 10’ Set 2) Start Ref A HI-run Ref B walking/jogging Ref A Ref B __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6 Change!!! Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 68.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Wed. 20th: REST DAY Thu. 21st: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 76 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Field exercise: Set 1: 4 laps of + 3’ each - 4’ recovery jogging jogging sprint sprint HI HI jogging jogging backward walking walking Start walking jogging - Field exercise: Set 2: again 4 laps of + 3’ each - All together this exercise takes + 28’ (12’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 12’ Set 2) * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 88’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 69.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Fri. 22nd: REST DAY Sat. 23rd: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 77 * Speed - Set 1: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’) - 5’ recovery Walk Jog Sprint Jog Walk Start Finish - Set 2: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’) - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 360 m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 24th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 70.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 43 from Monday 25th to Sunday 31st of October Macrocycle IV, week 3 (Training week 21) Mon. 25th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 78 Tue. 26th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 79 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Ext. Speed - Set 1 using a dynamic start over a 5m course: > 4 maximal 30m sprints (+ 4.5”) with 30” recovery (walking back) > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”) with 40” recovery (walking back) > 2 maximal 60m sprints 60 m (+ 9”) with 1‘ recovery (walking back) > 1 maximal 100m sprint (+ 15”) with 1‘30” recovery (walking back) > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 1: + 11’30” - Set 2: > 1 maximal 100m sprint (+ 15”) with 1‘30” recovery (walking back) > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”) with 1‘ recovery (walking back) > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”) with 40” recovery (walking back) > 4 maximal 30m sprints (+ 4.5”) with 30” recovery (walking back) > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 2: + 11’30” - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 71.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 10! 20! 30! 40! 50! 60! 70! 80! 90! 100! walking down 4 x 30 m walking/jogging sprinting up sideways-L/-R ... X X X heel/knee lifts 3 x 40 m walking backw. ... X X X jogging backw. 2 x 60 m ... 1 x 100 m A B * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Wed. 27th: REST DAY Thu. 28th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 80 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps of + 2’ each - 4’ recovery - Set 2: Field exercise, 5 laps of + 2’ each - All together, this exercise takes 24’ (including recovery) __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 72.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan start sprinting HI-tempo jogging walking backwards-R sideways-AR jogging HI-tempo walking jogging * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ Fri. 29th: REST DAY Sat. 30th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 81 * Speed - Set 1: Sprint exercise using the dimensions of the penalty box, - 12 sprints; 3 x sprint 1, 3 x sprint 2, 3 x sprint 3 and 3 x sprint 4 - Using the following dynamic starting movements: Sprint 1 - side-stepping Sprint 2 - backwards jogging, Sprint 3 - walking Sprint 4 - jogging - 5’ recovery, stretching, and drinking break. - Set 2: Repeat the 3 x 4 sprints __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 73.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 1 sideways 2 backward jogging 3 forward walking 4 forward jogging walking 1 2 3 4 sprinting - The total exercise time is 15’. The total sprint distance is 384m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 31st: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 74.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 44 from Monday 1st to Sunday 7th of November Macrocycle IV, week 4 (Training week 22) Mon. 1st: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 82 Tue. 2nd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 83 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1 takes 12’ (8’ HI running & 4’ recovery jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 3’ recovery - Set 2 again 12’ (8’ HI running & 4’ recovery jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 1’ active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 3’ recovery + 12’ = 27’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 77’ Wed. 3rd: REST DAY Thu. 4th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 84 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 75.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Each run is performed at 90-95% SPmax - Between each set, there is a 2’ active recovery Set 1: - From goal line to goal line and back (± 40”), - 1’ recovery - Repeat 5 x - Total duration is 8’30” (incl. recovery time) Set 2: - From goal line to opposite penalty box and back (± 35”) - 1’ recovery - Repeat 5 x - Total duration is 8’ (incl. recovery time) SET I START 40" up & down 35" up & down SET II SET III 20" up & down 6" SET IV - Set 3: - From goal line to mid line and back (± 20”) - 30” recovery - Repeat 5 x - Total duration is 4’15” (incl. recovery time) - Set 4: - From goal line to penalty box and back (± 6”) - 10” recovery - Repeat 5x - Total duration is 1’30” (incl. recovery time) - All together, this exercise consists of 20 high speed runs and the duration of the total exercise is + 28’30”. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 76.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 88’ Fri. 5th: REST DAY Sat. 6th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 85 * Speed - short sprints from a dynamic position - 2 x 5 m, 2 x 10 m, 2 x 15 m, 2 x 20 m and 2 x 25 m (change in direction to the left) - 5’ recovery and stretching - 2 x 5 m, 2 x 10 m, 2 x 15 m, 2 x 20 m and 2 x 25 m (change in direction to the right) Lef walking down walking/jogging 2 x from 5, 10, 15, 20 ... X X X sideways-L/-R sprinting up 5' recovery heel/knee lifts walking backw. 2 x from 25, 20, 15, 1 ... X X X jogging backw. ... 20 sprints or 300 m in !B ! 5m 10 m! 15 m 20 m Rig 25 m * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 7th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 77.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 45 from Monday 8th to Sunday 14th of November Macrocycle IV, week 5 (Training week 23) Mon. 8th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 86 Tue. 9th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 87 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Maximal Aerobic Training (VO2max Training) - On the first whistle, referees have to cover 75 m in 15” from any starting position. Then there is 15” to cover 25 m walking. On the next whistle, referees have to run again 75 m in 15”, followed by 25 m of deceleration and walking in 15”. - One full lap on a track consists of 4 interval runs followed by 4 recovery walks. All together, the total exercise consists of 10 laps resulting in 40 tempo runs, each followed by a 15” deceleration and walking period. - Referees have to arrive in the ‘walking area’ before the whistle and may not leave the ‘walking area’ before the whistle. - The total duration of this VO2max exercise is 20’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 70’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 78.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Wed. 10th: REST DAY Thu. 11th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 88 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 5 laps or 20 high speed runs, starting at either one of the starting positions. - This first run will take + 11’ - 4’ recovery - Set 2: Field exercise, again 5 laps or 20 high speed runs - Again, this second run will take + 11’ - All together, this exercise takes 11’ + 4’ recovery + 11’ = 26’. - The total distance covered in high speed running is 2500 m. Start B Jog Walk HI Acceleration Jog tempo to sprint Jog Walk Jog Start A * Match - 10’ of match play or 10’ of medium intensity jogging (80% HRmax) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 86’ Fri. 12th: REST DAY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 79.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 13th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 89 * Speed - Set 1: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’) Jog Shuffle-R Walk Sprint Backw Walk Start Jog Walk Jog Sprint Walk Shuffle-L Jog - 5’ recovery and stretching - Set 2: Centre circle sprint, 5 x from start to finish (5’) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 14th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 80.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 46 from Monday 15th to Sunday 21st of November Macrocycle IV, week 6 (Training week 26) Mon. 15th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 90 Tue. 16th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 91 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Ext. Speed - Set 1: using a dynamic start over a 5m course: > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery (walking back) > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”) with 40” active recovery (walking back) > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”) with 1‘ active recovery (walking back) > 1 maximal 80m sprint (+ 12”) with 1‘20” active recovery (walking back) > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 1: + 11’30” - Set 2: > 1 maximal 80m sprint (+ 12”) with 1‘20” active recovery (walking back) > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”) with 1‘ active recovery (walking back) > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”) with 40” active recovery (walking back) > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery (walking back) > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 2: + 11’30” __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 81.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan walking/jogging 4 x 20 m in 3" with 20" recovery ... X X X sideways-L/-R 3 x 40 m in 6" with 40" rec. heel/knee lifts walking backw. 2 x 60 m in 9" with 1' rec. ... X X X jogging backw. ... B 1 x 80 m in 12" with A 1'15" recovery - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’ including 5’ active recovery. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Wed. 17th: REST DAY Thu. 18th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 92 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 6 x 25 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: ‘Yo-yo run’ - Sprint from the goal line to goal area line and back - Then immediately sprint from the goal line to the edge of the penalty area and back - Finally, sprint to the halfway line and back - 1’ rest - Repeat 6x - For 1 run, the reference time is < 25” (very good), < 30” (good) In case of group sessions, it is possible to use 2 starting positions as mentioned below. - 3’ recovery __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 20 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 82.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan 3 2 Team A 1 Suicide run 1 Team B 2 3 * Speed End. - Set 2: ‘Referee run’: 9’ Start A walking forward acc backward run Start acc. to B sprint - 3’ recovery - All together, this training session takes 9’ + 3’ recovery + 9’ + 3’ recovery = 24’. * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ Fri. 19th: REST DAY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 21 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 83.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 20th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 93 * Speed/Agility - Set 1: - 5x sprints as per the illustration below - Slow walk back to the start after each sprint - Start each run on every 60” - 5’ recovery and stretching 15 m sprint End sprint 4m backwards 2m jogging Start 20 m - Set 2: - Repeat Set 1 - The total exercise time is 15’, with the total sprint distance being 300m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 21st: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 22 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 84.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Training Manual WEEK 47 from Monday 22nd to Sunday 28th of November Macrocycle V, week 1 (Training week 25) Mon. 22nd: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 94 Tue. 23rd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 95 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed - 6 x 40 m sprint from a dynamic starting position, walk back, 90” recovery between sprints - 4’ recovery * High Int. - Set 1: - 10 x 100 m shuttles (50 m - turn L - 50 m) to be completed in 20” - 30” recovery walk (40 m) - All together, this first set takes 8’20” - 4’ recovery - Set 2: - 10 x 100 m shuttles (50 m - turn R - 50 m) to be completed in 20” - 30” recovery walk (40 m) - All together, this exercise takes 20’40 (8’20” + 4’ recovery + 8’20”) - The total distance equals 2800 m, of which 2000 m at high speed and 800 m walking * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 85’ Wed. 24th: REST DAY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 85.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Thu. 25th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 96 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: Referees perform 5 laps - From the start, run at the appropriate intensity around the pitch perimeter. - However, on LAP 1 run around cone 1, and so on up to cone 5 on LAP 5, thus increasing the run distance with each subsequent lap. - The running should be ¾ pace (the HR that it will elicit should be 85-95%HRmax). START 90% SPmax JOGGING 90% SPmax WALKING 5 5 4 3 2 1 90% SPmax JOGGING - 4’ recovery - Set 2: - However, on LAP 1 run around cone 5, and so on up down to cone 1 on LAP 5, thus decreasing the run distance with each subsequent lap. - All together this exercise takes + 24’ (10’ Set 1 + 4’ recovery + 10’ Set 2) * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ Fri. 26th: REST DAY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 86.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 27th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 97 * Speed - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 4 x - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3 x - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 2 x - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 1 x walking down walking/jogging ... X X heel/knee lifts sprinting up X sideways L/R walking backward jogging backward ... X X X A B 10 20 30 40 m 4x 10 m 3x 20 m 2x 30 m 1x 40 m 2 sets 20 sprints or 400 m in total - Once the 10 sprints (200 m total sprinting distance) have been completed take a 5’ recovery, stretching and drinking break. - Then perform a second set of sprints but now in reversed order, i.e. from 40m to 10m, for another total of 10 sprints. - The total exercise time is 15’, with the total sprint distance being 400 m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 28th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 87.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 48 from Monday 29th of November to Sunday 5th of December Macrocycle V, week 2 (Training week 26) Mon. 29th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 98 Tue. 30th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 99 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: - 30” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - 90” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - 120” at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 90” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - 30” at 90% HRmax, followed by 30” active recovery (jogging) - All together, this first set takes 12’. - 4’ recovery - Set 2: again, the same exercise is performed (12’). - All together this HI exercise takes 28’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 78’ Wed. 1st: REST DAY Thu. 2nd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 100 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order: - Lap1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4, Lap 5, Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2 and finishing off with Lap 1 __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 88.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - With no recovery breaks in-between each lap it takes + 13’ to complete Set 1. 1 2 jogging jogging acceleration acceleration 3 4 jogging jogging acceleration acceleration 5 jogging acceleration - 4’ recovery * Speed End. - Set 2: - Perform the pitch laps below in the following order: - Lap 5, Lap 4, Lap 3, Lap 2, Lap 1, Lap 1, Lap 2, Lap 3, Lap 4 and finishing off with Lap 5. - All together this exercise takes + 30’ (13’ Set 1, 4’ recovery, 13’ Set 2) * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 90’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 89.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Fri. 3rd: REST DAY Sat. 4th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 101 * Speed - Set 1: - Straight line sprints from a dynamic starting position over 20, 30, 40, 30, and 20m respectively: - 5’ recovery - Set 2: - Repeat Set 1 Sprint 40m Sprint 30m Sprint 30m Sprint Sprint 20m 20m Backwards 5m Sideways left 5m Sideways right 5m Start 1st !! 2nd !! 3rd ! ! 4th !! 5th - The total exercise time is 15’, with the total sprint distance being 280 m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 5th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 90.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 49 from Monday 6th to Sunday 12th of December Macrocycle V, week 3 (Training week 27) Mon. 6th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 102 Tue. 7th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 103 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Ext. Speed - Start each sprint on the goal-line. - Set 1: > 8 maximal sprints to the midline (+ 7.5”) with 50” active recovery in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration: + 10’ - Set 2: > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 12”) with 70” active recovery in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration: + 7.5’ - Set 3: > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery in between each sprint > Duration: + 3.5’ - All together, this extended speed session takes + 21’ including 5’ active recovery * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 71’ Wed. 8th: REST DAY Thu. 9th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 104 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 91.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Speed End. - Set 1: ‘Referee Run’: 5 laps (± 2’30” per lap) - This first run will take + 12’30” - 4’ recovery - Set 2: ‘Referee Run’: again 5 laps Again, this second run will take + 12’30” - All together, this exercise takes 12’30”+ 4’ rec + 12’30”= 29’ Jog Backward Jog Walk Sprint HI HI Walk Backward Jog Start * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 89’ Fri. 10th: REST DAY Sat.11th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching Tr. 105 * Speed/Agility - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box (below), 5 laps in total - 5’ recovery - Perform a 2nd set of 5 sprints __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 92.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START sprint jogging backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - In total, this exercise takes 15’. The total sprint distance is ± 320m. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 12th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 93.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 50 from Monday 13th to Sunday 19th of December Macrocycle V, week 4 (Training week 28) Mon. 13th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 106 Tue. 14th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 107 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 4’ recovery - Set 2: - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 2’ at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 4’ recovery + 12’ = 28’ - From a coaching point of view, the easiest way to do this intermittent exercise, is to give a clear signal each time the referees have to change from activity. For Set 1 and 2, the time line is: 0 (20” HI) - 20” (Jog) – 40” (HI) - 1’20” (Jog) - 1’40” (HI) - 2’40” (Jog) - 3’ (HI) - 5’ (Jog) - 6’ (HI) - 8’ (Jog) - 9’ (HI) – 10’ (Jog) - 10’20” (HI) - 11’ (Jog) - 11’20” (HI) - 11’40” (Jog) - 12’ (finish) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 78’ Wed. 15th: REST DAY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 94.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Thu. 16th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 108 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - 1 set of the following exercise that takes + 8’. - 50 m sprint (± 10”), walking back 30”, 5x, 1’ rest - 25 m sprint (± 5”), walking back 15”, 5x, 1’ rest - 16 m sprint (± 3”), walking back 9”, 5x - 3’ recovery * Speed End. - Field exercise (see below) 1 set (10’) - All together these exercises take 24’ (8’ exercise 1, 3’ recovery, 10’ exercise 2, 3’ recovery). backward acceleration run 90% jogging walking walking jogging acceleration backward 90% run * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 84’ Fri. 17th: REST DAY __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 95.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Sat. 18th: * Warm up - 20’ extensive warm up, gradually raising intensity, mobilisation Tr. 109 and stretching * Speed - Set 1: - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 3x - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 3x - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 3x - With a change in direction to the left or to the right - Once the 9 sprints (180 m total sprinting distance) have been completed take a 5’ stretching and drinking break. - Set 2: - The same exercise but in reversed order, i.e., from 30 m to 10 m, each distance 3x for another total of 9 sprints. walking down Left turn walking/jogging heel/knee lifts ... X X X sprinting up sidewards face in sidewards face out ... X X X walking backwards jogging backwards Right turn A B 10 m 20 m 30 m - The total sprint distance is 360 m. - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 19th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 96.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 51 from Monday 20th to Sunday 26th of December Macrocycle V, week 5 (Training week 29) Mon. 20th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre, including st. stretching Tr. 110 Tue. 21st: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 111 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 40” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 90” at 90% HRmax, followed by 90” active recovery (jogging) - 60” at 90% HRmax, followed by 60” active recovery (jogging) - 40” at 90% HRmax, followed by 40” active recovery (jogging) - 20” at 90% HRmax, followed by 20” active recovery (jogging) - All together, this first set takes 11’ - 3’ recovery - Set 2: again the same exercise is performed (11’) - All together, this exercise takes 27’ (11’ + 5’ recovery + 11’) * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 77’ Wed. 22nd: REST DAY Thu. 23rd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 112 * Warm up - 20’ extensive warming up, mobilisation and stretching * Strength - 5 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 5 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 97.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan * Agility - 6 reps of the following exercise, which can be done on a track or on the field of play. - Walk back to the start after each individual sprint. Finish sprint 10 m side- ways 5m sprint back ward 10 m sprint 5m Start - 3’ recovery * Speed End. - ‘Diagonal Run’ exercise, 5 laps of 2’ or 10 accelerations each as follows: 90% SPmax along the diagonal line (1), walking along the goal line (2), 90% SPmax along the diagonal line (3), jogging along the goal line (2). 4 acceleration 2 jogging 20" jogging 40" 40" 1 3 START - 3’ recovery __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 98.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - All together these exercises take 22’ (6’ exercise 1, 3’ recovery, 10’ exercise 2, 3’ recovery). * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 82’ Fri. 24th: REST DAY Sat. 25th: REST DAY Sun 26th: REST DAY WEEK 52 from Monday 27th of December to Sunday 2nd of January Macrocycle V, week 6 (Training week 30) For the week between Christmas and New Year, there will be a winter break in a number of European countries. Therefore, I will not provide you with a training programme. Just listen to your own body. If you require a few days of rest, then take a break and enjoy your days with your family and friends. If you are willing to practice, then the goal is to practice this last week of the year at 80% HRmax, i.e. on Monday (Tr. 113), and Saturday + 40 min (Tr. 115). The medium intensity training session on Wednesday is more intermittent. For every 5’ of running, 2 tempo runs have to be done: in the middle a 50 m tempo run, and towards the end of the 5’ period a 100 m tempo run has to be covered. Over the total 50’ run, 20 accelerations have to be done, i.e. 10 of 50 m and 10 of 100 m. From the first week of January on, the training sessions will be designed over the next 6 weeks in a progressive way in such a way that the referees will be top-fit for the second half of the competitive season. MERRY CHRISTMAS AND A HEALTHY, HAPPY AND PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR! __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15 Copyright © 2010 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 99.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 1 from Monday 3rd to Sunday 9th of January Macrocycle VI, week 1 (Training week 31) Mon. 3rd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 116 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - 8’ run at 90% HRmax, 4’ jogging, 2 x - All together this exercise takes + 24’ (8’ Set 1 + 4’ jogging + 8’ Set 2 + 4’ jogging). * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Tue. 4th: REST DAY Wed. 5th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 117 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: - Perform 6 laps (± 2’ per lap) of the below field exercise at the prescribed intensities - 4’ recovery - Set 2: - Perform another 6 laps __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 1 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 100.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START 50% SPmax (25") 70% SPmax walking (15") (60") 90% SPmax (20") - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 4’ recovery + 12’ = + 28’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 78’ Thu. 6th: REST DAY Fri. 7th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 118 * Speed - Variations on the 80 m distance (see below) - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 2 x - 1’ recovery and stretching - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 2 x - 1’ recovery and stretching - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right) - 2’ recovery and stretching - 80 m sprint up, 80 m walk down, 2 x (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right) __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 2 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 101.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Left turn walking down walking jogging ... X X X sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out ... X X X walking backwards jogging backwards A B 40 m Right turn 20 m 60 m 80 m - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sat. 8th: REST DAY Sun. 9th: REST DAY Depending on the match schedule and the weather conditions, intermittent and non-specific weekend activities such as alpine skiing, cross-country skiing, playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis may provide extra mental and physical stimulation. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 3 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 102.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 2 from Monday 10th to Sunday 16th of January Macrocycle VI, week 2 (Training week 32) The training distances covered in High Intensity (on Monday) and Speed Endurance (on Wednesday), will decrease progressively and become more intermittent over the next macro- cycle as training volume and intensity have to be cycled throughout the competitive season in an appropriate way. Mon. 10th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 119 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - 4’ run at 90% HRmax, 2’ jogging, 4 x - All together, this exercise takes (4’ + 2’) x 4 = + 24’, * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Tue. 11th: REST DAY Wed. 12th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 120 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 4 laps One full lap takes + 4’ before re-starting. The intensities or percentages are based on a % of maximal speed (SPmax), not % HRmax. Therefore, 60% SPmax should be a jog and 90% SPmax should constitute a fast tempo run. - 5’ recovery - Set 2: Field exercise, again 4 full laps __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 4 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 103.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START 60%SPmax 90%SPmax 60%SPmax walking 90%SPmax 60%SPmax walking 90%SPmax walking FINISH - All together this exercise takes 37’ (16’ Set 1 + 5’ recovery + 16’ Set 2). * Cool down - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 87’ Thu. 13th: REST DAY Fri. 14th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 121 * Speed - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total - 5’ recovery - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 5 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 104.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan sprint DYNAMIC START jogging sideways-R walking sideways-L backward sprint - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sat. 15th: REST or ACTIVE LEISURE Sun. 16th: REST or ACTIVE LEISURE Depending on the match schedule and the weather conditions, intermittent and non-specific weekend activities such as alpine skiing, cross-country skiing, playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis may provide extra mental and physical stimulation. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 6 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 105.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 3 from Monday 17th to Sunday 23rd of January Macrocycle VI, week 3 (Training week 33) The training distances covered in High Intensity (on Monday) and Speed Endurance (on Wednesday), will decrease progressively and become more intermittent over the next macro- cycle as training volume and intensity have to be cycled throughout the competitive season in an appropriate way. Mon. 17th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 122 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - 2’ run at 90% HRmax, 1’ jogging, 8 x - All together, this exercise takes (2’ + 1’) x 8 = + 24’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Tue. 18th: REST DAY Wed. 19th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 123 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Extended Sp. - Set 1: > 6 sprints to the midline (+ 7”) with 50” active recovery jogging in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 1: + 8’ - Set 2: > 4 sprints to the opposite penalty box (+ 11”) with 70” active recovery jogging in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 2: + 7.5’ - Set 3: > 10 sprints to the penalty box (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery jogging in between each sprint > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 3: + 6’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 7 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 106.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Set 1 6 x with 50" active recovery Set 2 4 x with 70" Set 3 10 x with 20" active recovery active recovery - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 20’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 70’ Thu. 20th: REST DAY Fri. 21st: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 124 * Speed - Variations on the 60 m distance (see below) - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m sprint in total - 1 to 2’ recovery and stretching - 40 m sprint up, 40 m walk down, 4 x or 160 m sprint in total (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right) - 1 to 2’ recovery and stretching - 60 m sprint up, 60 m walk down, 2 x or 120 m sprint in total (1 x with a change in direction to the left, 1 x to the right) - The total exercise time is 15’. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 8 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 107.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Left turn walking down walking 6 x 20 m ... X X X jogging 4 x 40 m sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out 2 x 60 m ... X X X walking backwards 360 m in total jogging backwards A B 20 m! Right turn 40 m 60 m * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sat. 22nd: REST or ACTIVE LEISURE Sun. 23rd: REST or ACTIVE LEISURE Depending on the match schedule and the weather conditions, intermittent and non-specific weekend activities such as alpine skiing, cross-country skiing, playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis may provide extra mental and physical stimulation. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 9 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 108.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 4 from Monday 24th to Sunday 30th of January Macrocycle VI, week 4 (Training week 34) Mon. 24th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 125 Tue. 25th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 126 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - 1’ run at 90% HRmax, 30” jogging, 16 x - All together, this exercise takes (1’ + 30”) x 16 = + 24’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 74’ Wed. 26th: REST DAY Thu. 27th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 127 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - 1 Set of the below exercise takes ± 8’ - 50 m sprint (± 10”), walking back 30”, 5 x, 1’ rest - 25 m sprint (± 5”), walking back 15”, 5 x, 1’ rest - 16 m sprint (± 3”), walking back 9”, 5 x - 4’ recovery * Speed End. Field exercise (below) for a total of 8’ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 10 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 109.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan Start A walking forward acc backward run Start acc. to B sprint - All together, this exercise takes 8’ + 4’ recovery + 8’ = + 20’ * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 80’ Fri. 28th: REST DAY Sat. 29th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 128 * Speed - Sprint exercise using the dimensions of the penalty box (see below) - 4 Sets of 4 sprints with a 2’ recovery break in-between - Using the following dynamic starting movements: Sprint 1 - walking Sprint 2 - jogging Sprint 3 – backwards jogging Sprint 4 – side-stepping __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 11 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 110.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan walking forward jogging backward running sideways running 1 2 3 4 sprinting - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 30th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 12 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 111.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 5 from Monday 31st of January to Sunday 6th of February Macrocycle VI, week 5 (Training week 35) Mon. 31st: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 129 Tue. 1st: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 130 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * High Int. - Set 1: - 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, 14 x - 4’ recovery - Set 2: - 30” run at 90% HRmax, 15” jogging, again 14 x - All together, this exercise takes 10’30” + 4’ recovery + 10’30” = 25’ * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 75’ Wed. 2nd: REST DAY Thu. 3rd: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 131 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Set 1: Field exercise, 6 laps of 2’ each - During each lap, there are 12 different activities. The colour of the next cone determines the intensity of the next activity as follows: - walking to the blue cones (W) - jogging to the green cones (J) - high intensity run to the yellow cones (HI) - sprinting to the red cones (S) - 4’ recovery - Set 2: Field exercise, another 6 laps of 2’ each __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 13 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 112.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan HI S J S HI J W W S HI J W - All together, this exercise takes 12’ + 4’ recovery + 12’ = + 28’ * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging at 80% HRmax, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 88’ Fri. 4th: REST DAY Sat. 5th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 132 * Speed - Variations on the 30 m distance: - 10 m sprint up, 10 m walk down, 12 x or 120 m in total - 2’ recovery and stretching - 20 m sprint up, 20 m walk down, 6 x or 120 m in total - 2’ recovery and stretching - 30 m sprint up, 30 m walk down, 4 x or 120 m in total (2 x with a change in direction to the left, 2 x to the right) __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 14 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 113.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan walking down Left turn 12 x 10 m walking/jogging 6 x 20 m heel/knee lifts 4 x 30 m ... X X X sidewards face in sprinting up sidewards face out 360 m in total ... X X X walking backwards jogging backwards Right turn A B 10 m 20 m 30 m - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 6th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 15 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 114.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan WEEK 6 from Monday 7th to Sunday 13th of February Macrocycle VI, week 6 (Training week 36) Mon. 7th: * Act. Rec. - 50’ recovery session in a fitness centre Tr. 133 Tue. 8th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 134 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Ext. Speed - Set 1 (using a dynamic start): > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”) with 20” recovery (walking back) > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”) with 40” recovery (walking back) > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”) with 1‘ recovery (walking back) > 1 maximal 80m sprint over 80 m (+ 12”) with 1‘20” recovery (walking back) > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 1: + 11’30” walking/jogging 4 x 20 m in 3" with 20" recovery sideways-L/-R ... X X X heel/knee lifts 3 x 40 m in 6" with 40" rec. walking backw. 2 x 60 m in 9" with 1' rec. ... X X X jogging backw. ... B 1 x 80 m in 12" with A 1'15" recovery __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 16 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 115.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - Set 2: > 1 maximal 80m sprint over 80 m (+ 12”) with 1‘20” active recovery (walking back) > 2 maximal 60m sprints (+ 9”) with 1‘ active recovery (walking back) > 3 maximal 40m sprints (+ 6”) with 40” active recovery (walking back) > 4 maximal 20m sprints (+ 3”) with 20” active recovery (walking back > Jog 1 lap of the pitch (+ 2’30”) > Duration Set 2: + 11’30” - The total duration of this extended speed session is + 23’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 73’ Wed. 9th: REST DAY Thu. 10th: * Low Int. - 5’ jogging slowly building up to 70% HRmax (+ 1 km) Tr. 135 * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching * Strength - 6 x 30 sit-ups, separated by 6 x 10 push-ups, in addition to the regular set of strength and injury prevention exercises * Speed End. - Field exercise (below) for a total of 8’ backward acceleration run 90% jogging walking walking jogging acceleration backward 90% run __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 17 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 116.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan - 4’ recovery - Field exercise (below) along the wide diagonal line, run for 10’ or 10 tempo runs in total. 'Diagonal'-run 15" tempo walking 45" walking 45" 15" tempo - All together, these exercises take 8’ + 4’ recovery + 10’ = 22’ * Match - 10’ match play * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 82’ Fri. 11th: REST DAY Sat. 12th: * Warm up - 20’ of jogging, dynamic exercises and stretching Tr. 136 * Speed - Set 1: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, 5 laps in total - 5’ recovery - Set 2: Sprint exercise in the penalty box, again 5 laps in total __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 18 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee
  • 117.
    Performance Training inFootball Refereeing Weekly Training Plan START sprint jogging backwards walking jogging sideways sprint - The total exercise time is 15’. * Cool down - 5’ jogging and walking, followed by 10’ extensive stretching Total duration: 50’ Sun. 13th: Those referees who don’t have a game to officiate in the national championship, may do some intermittent physical activities such as playing badminton, football, squash, or tennis. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ W. Helsen T +32 16 32 90 68 F +32 16 32 91 97 M +32 477 425 534 E werner.helsen@faber.kuleuven.be p. 19 Copyright © 2011 UEFA Referees Committee